Section
Ⅱ
—
Learning
about
Language
一、用方框中所给动词的适当形式填空
damage repair tell dance hold
1My
old
car
by
my
father
at
present.
答案is
being
repaired
2The
Olympic
Games
every
four
years.
答案are
held
3The
girls
in
the
hall
now.
答案are
dancing
4The
bridge
in
a
traffic
accident
yesterday.
答案was
damaged
5The
students
keep
laughing
because
some
funny
jokes
by
the
teacher.
答案are
being
told
二、单句改错
1Our
school
library
building
is
built
now.
答案is后加being
2She
is
now
being
examining
by
her
doctor.
答案examining→examined
3Jack
may
be
being
punish
by
his
father
at
the
very
moment.
答案punish→punished
4There
is
a
lot
of
noise
outside
as
repair
work
is
being
doing
to
the
house.
答案doing→done
5The
little
girl
was
bited
by
a
fierce
dog.
答案bited→bitten
三、将下列句子改为被动语态
1He
is
drawing
a
picture
in
the
office.
答案A
picture
is
being
drawn
by
him
in
the
office.
2The
girl
is
repairing
the
window.
答案The
window
is
being
repaired
by
the
girl.
3Many
people
are
watching
the
man
performing.
答案The
man
is
being
watched
performing
by
many
people.
4The
dog
is
running
after
the
beggar.
答案The
beggar
is
being
run
after
by
the
dog.
5The
manager
is
punishing
the
worker
for
his
fault.
答案The
worker
is
being
punished
for
his
fault
by
the
manager.
四、完成句子
1孩子们正被他们的老师照顾着。
The
children
by
their
teacher.
答案are
being
looked
after
2汤姆的自行车正在被修理。
Tom’s
bicycle
.
答案is
being
repaired
3我们现在没有讨论那件事情。
That
matter
by
us
now.
答案isn’t
being
discussed
4这儿正在建造一座新房子。
A
new
house here.
答案is
being
built
5一些学生正在擦桌子。
The
desks
by
some
students.
答案are
being
cleaned
★五、七选五
(导学号57140026)
Richard’s
father
died
when
he
was
five.Later
on
he
lost
his
mother.An
old
woman
felt
sorry
for
the
poor
boy
and
often
helped
him.Of
course
he
had
no
money
to
go
to
school.He
had
to
work
for
a
rich
farmer.The
man
paid
him
nothing
except
food
and
clothes.1.
He
found
some
old
books
near
the
school
and
taught
himself
to
read
and
write.
2.
It
connected
the
village
and
the
town.One
morning
people
found
there
was
a
big
stone
on
it.It
stopped
them
from
going
to
town.They
had
to
move
it
away,or
they
had
to
cross
the
mountain
if
they
had
something
to
do
in
the
town.But
the
stone
weighed
thirty
tons
at
least
and
the
strongest
young
men
couldn’t
do
that.3.
Richard
looked
at
it
carefully
for
a
while
and
said,“I
have
a
way
to
move
it
away.”
But
few
men
believed
him.4.
Night
fell
and
people
went
home.Only
the
boy
stayed
there.
To
their
surprise,the
villagers
found
the
stone
was
gone
the
next
morning.They
didn’t
know
which
spirit
had
moved
it
away.5.
“How
could
he ”
the
rich
farmer
called
out.“He’s
only
fifteen!He
couldn’t
move
it
at
all!”
“He
dug
a
big
hole
beside
the
stone”,said
the
old
woman,“And
then
he
could
easily
push
it
into
the
hole!”
Looking
at
each
other,the
farmers
couldn’t
say
a
word.
A.There
seemed
to
be
nothing
strange
in
the
village.
B.The
old
woman
said
Richard
had
done
it
all.
C.There
was
a
narrow
path
between
two
mountains.
D.But
the
boy
didn’t
lose
heart.
E.Some
farmers
even
laughed
at
the
boy.
F.The
boy
hoped
he
could
do
something
for
the
villagers
some
day.
G.They
discussed
for
a
long
time,but
nobody
knew
what
to
do.
答案1~5
DCGEB
★六、完形填空
(导学号57140027)
On
my
last
day
in
Nairobi,I
decided
to
visit
the
game
reserve(野生动物保护区). 1
my
hotel,I
bought
a
map
and
hired
a
2 .On
the
way
I
stopped
to
take
photos
of
many
interesting
3 .A
little
later,I
was
very
pleased
when
I
saw
the
notice
4 “Be
careful:Lions.Stay
in
your
car.”
I
didn’t
mean
to
5
and
drove
across
a
shallow
stream.I
was
halfway
6
when
my
wheels
began
to
7
round
and
round
without
8
a
bit;the
car
had
stuck
in
the
mud.Full
of
9 ,I
looked
round
carefully.There
was
not
a
lion
in
the
distance.I
was
soon
in
the
stream
and
my
clothes
got
into
a
terrible
state,but
there
was
10
I
could
do.The
car
wouldn’t
move
though
I
pushed
it
hard. 11
there
was
a
forest
quite
near,I
didn’t
dare
to
go
there.When
I
got
back
into
the
car,I
felt
very
12 .I
wondered
how
long
it
would
be
13
I
was
discovered
by
wild
beasts.The
lions
would
quite
14
a
tasty
meal
of
15
human
being!
I
was
wild
with
16
when,several
hours
later,a
keeper
drove
up
in
a
jeep
and
17
my
car
on
to
dry
land.It
took
me
some
time
to
18
what
had
happened
to
me
when
I
returned
to
the
19 ,but
I
do
not
think
that
anyone
really
20
me!
1A.Leaving
B.Reaching C.Getting
to D.Seeing
答案A
解析由上文的“我决定去参观野生动物保护区”可知,应是“离开”宾馆。leave表示“离开”;reach与get
to表示“到达”;see表示“看见”。
2A.bike
B.car
C.horse
D.boat
答案B
解析由第4空后的“Stay
in
your
car.”可知,此处应选择car。
3A.children
B.animals
C.games
D.things
答案B
解析由第一句可知作者是参观野生动物保护区,因此他是给动物拍照,而不是给孩子们、游戏和事物拍照。
4A.written
B.read
C.put
on
D.saying
答案D
解析由空前的notice可知,应选择say或read的适当形式;由notice与say或read之间是主动关系可以排除read,应用saying。
5A.eat
B.go
back
C.get
out
D.give
up
答案C
解析由上一句的“in
your
car”可知此处应用get
out,表示从车中出来。eat表示“吃”;go
back表示“回去”;get
out表示“出来”;give
up表示“放弃”。
6A.across
B.inside
C.back
D.ahead
答案A
解析由上一句的“a
shallow
stream”可知,这条小溪很浅,因此此处表示作者横渡小溪。across表示“横穿”;inside表示“在……里面”;back表示“后面”;ahead
表示“前面”。
7A.turn
B.run
C.go
D.return
答案A
解析由前面的wheels可知,此处指车轮转动,应用turn
round。而run,go和return与wheels搭配不当。
8A.stopping
B.driving
C.moving
D.leading
答案C
解析由下文的“the
car
had
stuck
in
the
mud”可知,汽车陷在泥中,因此此处表示“车轮只转动,但不前行”。stop表示“停止”;drive表示“开车”;move表示“向前走,移动”;lead表示“带头,带路”。
9A.fear
B.anger
C.surprise
D.pleasure
答案A
解析由上文的警告牌,以及下文的作者仔细查看四周可知,作者很是害怕,而不是生气、吃惊或高兴。
10A.one
choice
B.one
way
C.something
D.nothing
答案D
解析由上面的“自己在小溪里”和“衣服上满是泥”以及but可知,此处表示作者对此无能为力。
11A.If
B.Where
C.Although
D.Even
答案C
解析由下面的“我不敢去那儿”可知此处用although
引导让步状语从句。即虽然附近有片森林,但“我”不敢去那儿。
12A.anxious
B.surprised
C.happy
D.brave
答案A
解析因为车子出了故障,又无处可去,所以作者的心情是焦虑的(anxious),而不是惊奇的、快乐的或勇敢的。
13A.before
B.when
C.after
D.whether
答案A
解析此处表示“我不知道还要多久会有野生动物发现我”。句式“It
is/was
+一段时间+before+句子”表示“还有一段时间会发生……”。
14A.hate
B.appreciate
C.thank
D.refuse
答案B
解析appreciate表示“喜欢”,能够吃到一顿人肉大餐,狮子应该会很高兴。而hate表示“不喜欢”;thank表示“谢谢”;refuse表示“拒绝”。
15A.dead
B.rotten
C.fresh
D.good
答案C
解析狮子吃到新鲜的肉会高兴。此处表示“新鲜的”人肉。而dead表示“死的”;rotten表示“腐烂的”;good表示“好的”,均不如fresh与human
being搭配更符合情境。
16A.anger
B.tear
C.sadness
D.joy
答案D
解析由下文可知有人来了,因此作者大喜过望。
17A.pulled
B.pushed
C.sent
D.carried
答案A
解析既然帮助作者,a
keeper应该用吉普车把作者的车从小溪里拉到干地之上。表示“拉”应用pull;push表示“推”;send表示“派,送”;carry表示“携带”。
18A.write
B.explain
C.talk
D.announce
答案B
解析作者向他人解释自己的遭遇。talk是不及物动词,不能直接接宾语从句;announce表示“宣布”。
19A.car
B.country
C.hotel
D.city
答案C
解析由短文第一段第二句的“离开宾馆”可知,此处表示“回到宾馆”。car表示“汽车”;country表示“国家,乡村”;hotel表示“旅馆”;city表示“城市”。
20A.liked
B.asked
C.believed
D.heard
答案C
解析由but一词可以推知“没有人会相信我的话”。like表示“喜欢”;ask表示“询问”;believe表示“相信”;hear表示“听见”。
★七、语篇填空
(导学号57140028)
Dear
Tom,
How
are
you
doing You
1 (ask)
me
in
your
last
letter
about
my
plan
for
the
coming
summer
vacation.
I
am
sorry
that
I
didn’t
reply
2
delay.How
I
wish
I
3 (read)
and
reply
your
email
as
soon
as
I
received
it. 4 ,I
was
busy
preparing
for
my
final
exam
at
that
time, 5
is
vital
for
me.As
a
result,I
had
no
choice
but
6 (focus)
on
my
study
completely.I
believe
that
if
you
7 (be)
me,you
would
make
the
same
choice.
By
the
way,I
have
a
busy
schedule
for
my
summer
vacation.First
and
foremost,I
would
do
a
part
time
job,so
that
my
interpersonal
skills
would
8 (improve).Additionally,I
will
take
a
short
trip
to
Beijing
to
take
a
summer
course
in
a
famous
training
school.Last
but
not
9 (little),maybe
I
will
work
as
a
volunteer
for
the
school
as
a
teaching
assistant.
These
are
my
plans
for
the
summer
vacation.What’s
yours I
am
looking
10
to
your
earliest
reply.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.asked 2.without 3.would
read 4.However 5.which 6.to
focus 7.were 8.be
improved 9.least 10.forwardSection
Ⅲ
—
Using
Language,Summing
Up
&
Learning
Tip
一、选词填空
hurt treat discuss honour after
all
1Don’t
blame
him. ,he
is
a
child.
答案After
all
2—Have
you
heard
about
that
fire
in
the
market
—Yes,fortunately
no
one
.
答案was
hurt
3He
suggested
the
problem
worth
paying
attention
to
at
the
meeting.
答案be
discussed
4I
feel
that
I
have
been
invited
to
give
a
speech
at
such
an
important
meeting.
答案honoured
5The
way
the
guests
in
the
hotel
influenced
their
evaluation
of
the
service.
答案were
treated
二、单句改错
1Then
things
were
went
wrong.
答案去掉were
2On
all,you
should
improve
your
pronunciation.
答案On→Above
3They
visited
America
in
a
brief
tour.
答案in→on
4Everybody
were
asking
when
they
could
see
Freddy
and
his
band
again.
答案were→was
5At
last
felt
very
upset
and
sensitive,Freddy
and
his
band
realized
that
they
must
leave
the
country.
答案felt→feeling
三、完成句子
1最重要的是,你要照顾好自己。
you
should
take
good
care
of
yourself.
答案Above
all
2这台机器出毛病了。
This
machine
.
答案has
gone
wrong
3他决定要坚守岗位。
He
decided
to
his
post.
答案stick
to
4在离开北京后不久,他就去世了。
he
left
Beijing,he
passed
away.
答案Not
long
after
5去南京怎么样
to
Nanjing
答案What/How
about
going
★四、阅读理解
A
(导学号57140039)
Michael
Jackson
was
one
of
America’s
most
successful
singers.He
was
also
well
known
for
his
dancing.
He
started
singing
in
1964.He
made
his
first
record
in
1970.Nobody
knows
how
many
records
he
sold
all
over
the
world.One
of
his
records,with
as
many
as
seventeen
and
a
half
million
copies
all
being
sold
out,was
the
bestseller.
Michael
was
born
in
1958.He
had
four
brothers.The
five
of
them
used
to
sing
in
a
group
called
“The
Jackson
Five”.They
started
singing
in
public
in
1965.In
1969
the
group
made
their
first
record
entitled
I
Want
You
Back.It
was
very
successful.In
America
it
was
Number
1
and
in
Britain
it
was
Number
2.They
had
three
more
hits
(轰动)
in
the
same
year.
In
1978
Michael
acted
in
his
first
film.And
the
first
record,which
he
had
made
on
his
own,sold
eight
million
copies
in
the
world.This
was
the
beginning
of
his
success.
Though
he
died
in
June,2009,he
will
live
in
the
hearts
of
his
fans.
1Michael
Jackson
started
singing
when
he
was
years
old.
A.19 B.5
C.6
D.11
答案C
解析由第二段第一句“He
started
singing
in
1964.”和第三段第一句“Michael
was
born
in
1958.”可知C项为正确答案。
2In
1969
they
had
hits.
A
six
B.two
C.three
D.four
答案D
解析由第三段的“In
1969
the
group
made
their
first
record
entitled
I
Want
You
Back.”和“They
had
three
more
hits
in
the
same
year.”两句可知D项为正确答案。
3Which
statement
is
TRUE
according
to
the
passage
A.The
first
record,which
he
made
on
his
own,was
called
I
Want
You
Back.
B.Michael
often
went
out.
C.Michael
made
not
only
records
but
also
films.
D.“The
Jackson
Five”
made
their
first
record
in
1965.
答案C
解析文章主要讲述迈克尔·杰克逊的歌唱生涯及唱片销售,再结合第四段第一句“In
1978
Michael
acted
in
his
first
film.”可知C项为正确答案。
4What
is
the
best
title
of
the
passage
A.Michael’s
songs
B.Best-selling
records
C.The
Jackson
Five
D.A
famous
singer
答案D
解析A、B、C三个选项只是文章中出现的部分内容,不能概括主题。由整篇文章来看,主要介绍著名的歌手迈克尔·杰克逊。
B
(导学号57140040)
On
a
Friday
night,a
poor
young
artist
stood
at
the
gate
of
the
New
York
railway
station,playing
his
violin.The
music
was
so
great
that
many
people
stopped
to
put
some
money
into
the
hat
of
the
young
man.
The
next
day,the
young
artist
came
to
the
same
place,and
put
his
hat
on
the
ground
gracefully.Different
from
the
day
before,he
took
out
a
large
piece
of
paper
and
laid
it
under
his
hat.Then
he
began
to
play
the
violin.It
sounded
more
pleasant
than
ever.
Soon
he
was
surrounded
with
people
who
were
attracted
by
the
words
on
that
paper.It
said,“Last
night,a
gentleman
named
George
Sang
put
an
important
thing
into
my
hat
by
mistake.Please
come
to
claim(认领)it
soon.”
After
about
half
an
hour,a
middle-aged
man
rushed
through
the
crowd
to
the
violinist
and
said,“Yes,it’s
you.I
knew
that
you
were
an
honest
man
and
would
certainly
come
here.”
The
young
violinist
asked
calmly,“Are
you
Mr
George
Sang ”
The
man
nodded.The
violinist
asked,“Did
you
lose
something ”
“It’s
a
lottery(彩票)ticket,”
said
the
man.The
violinist
took
out
a
lottery
ticket
on
which
George
Sang’s
name
was
seen.“Is
it ”
he
asked.George
nodded
and
took
the
lottery
ticket
and
kissed
it,then
danced
with
the
violinist.
The
violinist
was
a
student
at
an
arts
college
and
had
planned
to
attend
advanced
studies
in
Vienna.Later
his
classmate
asked
the
violinist,“At
that
time
you
needed
money
to
pay
the
tuition(学费)and
you
had
to
play
the
violin
in
the
railway
station
every
day
to
make
money.Why
didn’t
you
keep
the
lottery
ticket
for
yourself ”
The
violinist
said,“Although
I
don’t
have
much
money,I
live
happily.But
if
I
lost
honesty
I
wouldn’t
be
happy
forever.”
Through
our
lives,we
can
gain
a
lot
and
lose
so
much.But
being
honest
should
always
be
with
us.
5What
did
the
young
artist
do
at
the
railway
station
on
Friday
A.He
played
the
violin
to
make
some
money.
B.He
waited
for
the
train
to
Vienna.
C.He
came
to
buy
a
train
ticket
to
Vienna.
D.He
walked
around
the
New
York
railway
station.
答案A
解析根据第一段可知,年轻的艺术家周五晚上在火车站拉小提琴赚钱,故选A项。
6Which
sentence
below
best
explains
the
underlined
sentence
in
Paragraph
2
A.The
violinist
loved
to
play
the
violin
at
the
station.
B.The
violinist
felt
happy
when
people
surrounded
him.
C.The
violinist
felt
happier
as
he
was
going
to
do
a
good
thing.
D.The
violinist
felt
happy
to
attend
advanced
studies.
答案C
解析根据最后一段可知,这个小提琴家认为诚实做人让他高兴,所以在他还彩票时,感到比以前更高兴了,故选C项。
7The
violinist
didn’t
take
the
lottery
ticket
for
himself
because
he
.
A.chose
to
be
honest
B.didn’t
need
the
money
C.thought
the
lottery
was
worth
nothing
D.was
afraid
of
blame
if
he
kept
it
for
himself
答案A
解析根据最后一段可知,这个艺术家没有把彩票视为己有的原因是他选择了诚实,故答案选A项。
8From
this
article,we
can
learn
that
.
A.we
should
share
with
others
if
we
find
something
valuable
B.we
should
know
the
importance
of
honesty
and
lead
a
happy
life
C.we
should
keep
the
lottery
ticket
if
we
find
one
D.playing
the
violin
could
make
you
feel
happy
答案B
解析从这个艺术家没有把彩票视为己有而选择了诚实这件事上,我们可以学到诚实的重要性,故选B项。
★五、语篇填空
(导学号57140041)
Once
upon
a
time,a
rich
man
wanted
to
make
a
trip
to
1
town.He
tried
not
only
to
take
things
to
sell
but
also
to
take
money
to
buy
things
with.He
decided
2 (take)ten
servants
with
him.They
would
carry
the
things
to
sell
and
the
food
to
eat
on
their
trip. 3
they
started,a
little
boy
ran
up
to
the
rich
man
and
asked
to
go
with
them.
The
rich
man
said
to
the
little
boy,“Well,you
may
go
with
us.But
you
are
the
smallest,the
thinnest
and
the
weakest
of
all
my
servants;you
can’t
carry
a
heavy
load.You
must
choose
the
lightest
one
4 (carry).”
The
boy
thanked
his
master
and
chose
the
5 (big)load
to
carry.That
was
bread.
“You
are
6 (fool),”
said
his
master,“That
is
the
biggest
and
the
heaviest
one.”
The
boy
said
nothing
and
lifted
the
load
7 (glad).
On
the
trip
they
walked
for
days
and
at
last
they
got
to
the
town.All
the
servants
were
tired
8
the
little
servant.Do
you
know
9 Most
of
the
bread
10 (eat)during
the
trip
and
a
little
was
left
when
they
arrived
at
the
town.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.another 2.to
take 3.Before 4.to
carry 5.biggest
6.foolish 7.gladly 8.except 9.why 10.was
eaten
★六、短文改错
(导学号57140042)
My
parents
have
decided
to
take
me
to
pay
visit
to
Britain.I
am
excited,hope
to
make
good
use
of
this
opportunity.Firstly,I
will
talk
to
native
speaker
as
much
as
I
can
improve
my
English.Secondly,there
are
many
attractions
that
interested
me
a
lot.Besides,football,that
is
popular
in
England,is
my
favourite
sport.I
have
been
dreaming
of
watching
a
live
football
match
there
but
now
the
dream
will
come
true.My
friend
Alice
lives
in
London.I
will
probable
meet
with
her.However
I
do,I
am
sure
I
will
have
a
good
time.
答案第一句:pay后加a
第二句:hope→hoping
第三句:speaker→speakers;can后加to
第四句:interested→interest
第五句:that→which
第六句:but→and
第八句:probable→probably;去掉with
第九句:However→WhateverUnit
1
Cultural
relics
Section
Ⅰ—
Warming
Up,Pre-reading,
Reading
&
Comprehending
一、根据句意和汉语或首字母提示写出单词
1Of
all
the
museum’s
paintings,only
one
s
the
fire.
答案survived
2The
movie
is
so
moving
that
it
is
w
seeing
once
more.
答案worth
3The
boss
asked
me
to
r
the
chair
in
the
way.
答案remove
4Have
you
seen
the
house
which
b
to
Mr
Green
答案belongs
5Our
house
will
be
(装饰)
with
beautiful
pictures.
答案decorated
6I
don’t
like
the
(设计)
of
the
tall
building.
答案design
7Please
(想象)
sitting
in
the
sun
all
day!
答案fancy/imagine
8Do
you
(怀疑)
that
he
will
finish
the
work
on
time
答案doubt
二、单句改错
1She
will
go
to
the
city
in
the
search
of
her
lost
student.
答案去掉第二个the
2The
Great
Wall
is
worth
being
seeing.
答案去掉being
3This
recorder
belongs
to
his.
答案his→him
4I
will
do
what
I
can
to
help
you
in
return
your
help.
答案return后加for
5The
Christmas
tree
was
decorated
of
some
bells
and
other
things.
答案of→with
6Three
workers
were
removing
from
the
factory
for
no
good
reason.
答案removing→removed
7I
have
no
doubt
whether
he
will
pass
the
examination.
答案whether→that
8Do
you
fancy
go
out
this
evening
答案go→going
三、完成句子
1这两个国家多年来一直处于战争状态。
The
two
countries
for
many
years.
答案have
been
at
war
2毫无疑问,我们队将赢得这场比赛。
our
team
will
win
the
game.
答案There
is
no
doubt
that
3作为对他的帮助的报答,我决定给他买一辆汽车。
I
have
decided
to
buy
him
a
car
.
答案in
return
for
his
help
4没有人在这次事故中幸存下来。
No
one
was
able
to
.
答案survive
this
accident
5这些岛屿隶属西班牙。
The
islands
.
答案belong
to
Spain
四、根据课文内容填空
1This
gift
was
the
Amber
Room,
was
given
this
name
several
tons
of
amber
were
used
to
make
it.
答案which;because
2It
was
also
treasure
(decorate)with
gold
and
jewels,
took
the
country’s
best
artists
about
ten
years
to
make.
答案a;decorated;which
3However,the
next
King
of
Prussia,Frederick
WilliamⅠ,
whom
the
amber
room
belonged,decided
not
to
keep
it.
答案to
4Later,CatherineⅡhad
the
Amber
Room
(move)to
a
palace
outside
St
Petersburg
she
spent
her
summers.
答案moved;where
5 (sad),although
the
Amber
Room
was
considered
one
of
the
wonders
of
the
world,it
is
now
(miss).
答案Sadly;missing
6This
was
a
time
the
two
countries
were
at
war.
答案when
7There
is
no
doubt
the
boxes
were
then
put
on
a
train
for
K nigsberg,
was
at
that
time
a
German
city
on
the
Baltic
Sea.After
that,
happened
to
the
Amber
Room
remains
a
mystery.
答案that;which;what
★五、阅读理解
A
(导学号57140000)
From
the
earliest
times,man
has
been
interested
in
art.People
have
often
worked
together
to
collect
and
save
the
world’s
art
treasures.
Fine
art
treasures
from
many
countries
are
kept
in
an
art
museum
called
the
Louvre(卢浮宫)in
Paris,France.The
works
of
art
have
been
collected
by
the
people
of
France
over
many
centuries.It
is
the
biggest
art
museum
in
the
world.
The
Louvre
has
not
always
been
a
museum.The
first
building
was
a
fort
(堡垒).In
1190,it
was
the
king’s
castle
with
high
walls
and
a
round
tower.It
had
a
moat(护城河)
to
keep
out
the
enemies.
Over
the
years,the
number
of
buildings
around
the
castle
grew.By
1350,the
castle
was
no
longer
needed
as
a
fort.The
Louvre
became
a
palace
home
for
French
kings
and
queens.
During
times
of
peace,new
treasures
were
brought
in.During
days
of
war,many
treasures
were
stolen,and
the
buildings
were
damaged.
When
Francis
Ⅰ
became
king
of
France
in
1515,he
brought
in
many
artists
from
other
countries.One
of
the
artists
was
Leonardo
da
Vinci
from
Italy.Da
Vinci’s
Mona
Lisa
is
the
best
known
painting
in
the
museum
today.
In
1793,the
Louvre
became
a
public
museum,just
as
it
is
now.It
is
a
place
where
art
treasures
are
kept
for
everyone
to
enjoy.Every
year
millions
of
people
from
all
over
the
world
come
to
the
Louvre
to
see
the
masterpieces.
1How
long
has
the
Louvre
been
a
public
museum
A.For
over
800
years.
B.Since
1350.
C.Since
1515.
D.For
over
200
years.
答案D
解析卢浮宫是1793年才成为一个公共博物馆的,距今200多年。
2Most
of
the
works
of
art
in
the
Louvre
have
been
collected
probably
by
.
A.the
French
people
B.Francis
Ⅰ
C.Leonardo
da
Vinci
D.people
of
the
world
答案A
解析由短文第二段第二句可以得知卢浮宫里的艺术品是由法国人民搜集来的。
3From
the
passage
we
can
learn
that
.
A.the
Louvre
was
once
a
church
as
well
as
a
palace
B.Mona
Lisa
is
kept
in
Italy
C.Leonardo
da
Vinci
once
stayed
in
France
D.the
Louvre
is
only
a
place
of
interest
to
the
French
people
答案C
解析由倒数第二段第一、二句可以推知,达·芬奇曾经在法国生活过。
4Why
is
it
good
for
the
works
of
art
to
be
kept
in
public
museums
A.In
public
museums
works
of
art
will
not
be
stolen.
B.In
public
museums
works
of
art
will
not
be
damaged.
C.In
public
museums
artists
can
study
the
works
of
art.
D.In
public
museums
everyone
can
enjoy
the
works
of
art.
答案D
解析根据文章最后一句话可知道答案。
B
The
Great
Wall
of
China
was
once
thought
to
have
been
built
entirely
during
the
Qin
Dynasty
between
221
and
207
BC;it
is
now
believed
to
have
been
started
earlier.
The
15-foot-high,25-foot-wide,1500-mile-long
structure
was
undoubtedly
built
to
keep
out
invading
enemies.To
the
common
people
of
the
empire,who
had
been
forced
to
build
the
wall,it
was
not
worth
it,however.The
wall,and
other
public
works
completed
by
the
Qin
Dynasty,had
caused
great
losses
on
the
wealth
and
human
life
of
the
country.As
a
result,an
angry
population
rose
up
in
rebellion
against
the
Qin
Dynasty,and
in
207
BC
the
Han
Dynasty
began.
Because
of
its
rich
history
and
magnificent
appearance,the
Great
Wall
attracts
many
tourists,scientists,and
historians
to
this
day
and
will
continue
to
do
so
for
generations.
5According
to
the
author
of
this
passage,the
Han
Dynasty
was
able
to
come
into
power
because
.
A.enemies
were
not
effectively
prevented
from
invading
the
empire
B.it
had
started
the
work
on
the
wall
and
really
controlled
it
all
along
C.the
common
people
rebelled
against
the
empire
that
had
forced
them
to
work
on
the
Great
Wall
D.the
Qin
emperor
lost
all
his
personal
wealth
in
the
creation
of
the
Great
Wall
答案C
解析从第二段可知,汉朝能建立是由于老百姓起来反抗逼迫他们修建长城的朝廷的结果。
6The
main
idea
of
this
passage
is
that
.
A.the
emperor
of
the
Qin
Dynasty
was
a
slave
driver
B.invading
enemies
was
a
problem
in
ancient
China
C.the
common
people
of
ancient
China
were
very
poor
D.the
human
achievement
of
the
Great
Wall
is
widely
appreciated
答案D
解析纵观全文,长城的建造是劳动人民血汗和智慧的结晶,它的宏大规模,它的悠久历史,它的文化价值,充分说明它是人类的伟大成就,并具有广泛的审美意义。
7The
author
has
not
directly
stated,but
would
support
the
opinion
that
.
A.Qinshihuang
was
not
that
cruel
to
the
people
during
his
time
B.the
common
people
of
the
Qin
Dynasty
were
the
ones
who
provided
the
labor
in
constructing
the
Great
Wall
C.work
on
the
Great
Wall
was
started
before
the
Qin
Dynasty
came
into
existence
D.the
Great
Wall
of
China
is
a
great
human
achievement
and
was
probably
worth
the
effort
it
took
答案D
解析A项明显错误;B和C两项的内容在文章中直接提到了;只有D项是通过阅读文章可以推断出的作者观点。
★六、语篇填空
(导学号57140001)
(2017·全国Ⅰ高考)
There
has
been
a
recent
trend
in
the
food
service
industry
toward
lower
fat
content
and
less
salt.This
trend,which
was
started
by
the
medical
community(医学界)
1
a
method
of
fighting
heart
disease,has
had
some
unintended
side
2 (effect)
such
as
overweight
and
heart
disease—the
very
thing
the
medical
community
was
trying
to
fight.
Fat
and
salt
are
very
important
parts
of
a
diet.They
are
required
3 (process)
the
food
that
we
eat,to
recover
from
injury
and
for
several
other
bodily
functions.When
fat
and
salt
4 (remove)
from
food,the
food
tastes
as
if
it
is
missing
something.As
5
result,people
will
eat
more
food
to
try
to
make
up
for
that
something
missing.Even
6 (bad),the
amount
of
fast
food
that
people
eat
goes
up.Fast
food
7 (be)
full
of
fat
and
salt;by
8 (eat)
more
fast
food
people
will
get
more
salt
and
fat
than
they
need
in
their
diet.
Having
enough
fat
and
salt
in
your
meals
will
reduce
the
urge
to
snack(吃点心)
between
meals
and
will
improve
the
taste
of
your
food.However,be
9 (care)
not
to
go
to
extremes.Like
anything,it
is
possible
to
have
too
much
of
both, 10
is
not
good
for
the
health.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.as 2.effects 3.to
process 4.are
removed 5.a
6.worse 7.is 8.eating 9.careful 10.whichSection
Ⅲ
—
Using
Language,Summing
Up
&
Learning
Tip
一、选词填空
do
we
see neither
will
I agree
with sink think
well
of
1He
was
satisfied
because
his
work
was
.
答案well
thought
of
2If
you
don’t
go
there, .
答案neither
will
I
3Seldom
a
film
so
moving
as
this.
答案do
we
see
4I
have
an
upset
stomach.I
don’t
think
the
food
here
me.
答案agrees
with
5The
old
man
and
the
old
woman,who
stood
on
the
ship
arm
in
arm,
together
with
the
ship
and
would
be
together
forever.
答案sank
二、单句改错
1My
mother
thinks
high
of
my
brothers
and
me.
答案high→highly
2I
don’t
agree
to
what
they
have
said.
答案to→with
3The
bomb
exploding
and
killed
many
soldiers.
答案exploding→exploded
4Let’s
start
now
because
the
wind
has
sink
down.
答案sink→sunk
5If
Tom
doesn’t
come
to
the
party,nor
do
I.
答案do→will
三、完成句子
1北京的天气适合我。
The
weather
in
Beijing
.
答案agrees
with
me
2他很看重这个学生。
He
the
student.
答案thinks
highly
of
3太阳已经落山了。
The
sun
in
the
west.
答案has
sunk
4你听到有东西爆炸了吗
Have
you
heard
答案something
explode
5他的船连同货物沉到海里去了。
His
boat
with
his
goods
the
sea.
答案sank
into
四、根据课文内容填空
1An
opinion
is
someone
believes
is
true
but
has
not
been
proved.
答案what
2It
may
be
true,but
it
is
difficult
(prove).
答案to
prove
3In
a
trial,a
judge
must
decide
which
eyewitnesses
(believe)and
which
not
to
believe.
答案to
believe
4He/She
only
cares
about
the
eyewitness
has
given
true
information,
must
be
facts
rather
than
opinions.
答案whether;which
5This
kind
of
information
(call)evidence.
答案is
called
★五、阅读理解
A
(导学号57140006)
The
Golden
Gate
Bridge
joins
the
beautiful
city
of
San
Francisco
with
suburbs
to
the
north.Each
day,about
one
hundred
thousand
cars
cross
the
bridge,taking
people
to
and
from
the
city.More
than
half
of
them
cross
the
bridge
during
the
morning
and
evening
rush
hours;as
a
result,the
trip
is
not
pleasant.
Now,however,there
is
at
least
one
group
of
happy
commuters.These
are
the
people
who
travel
under
the
bridge
instead
of
on
it.They
go
to
work
by
boat
and
enjoy
it
so
much
that
most
of
them
say
they
will
never
go
by
car
again.
The
boat
they
take
is
the
large,quiet,comfortable
“Golden
muters
can
enjoy
the
sun
on
the
boat.In
the
morning
they
can
have
breakfast
in
the
coffee
shop,and
in
the
evening
they
can
have
a
drink
in
the
bar
while
they
are
looking
at
San
Francisco’s
famous
scene
and
the
nearby
hills.
The
trip
takes
only
30
minutes
and
is
not
expensive.But
best
of
all,being
on
a
boat
seems
to
make
people
feel
more
friendly
towards
each
other.Two
commuters
who
met
on
the
“Golden
Gate”
have
already
got
married.
Because
the
boat
has
been
so
successful,there
are
plans
to
use
other
larger
boats.There
is
also
a
plan
for
a
high-speed
boat
that
will
make
the
trip
in
only
15
minutes.Not
everyone
is
happy
about
that.“A
lot
of
people
don’t
like
to
get
the
trip
faster,”
said
one
commuter.“They
feel
that
half
an
hour
is
just
enough
time
to
rest.”
1Over
cross
the
Golden
Gate
Bridge
during
rush
hours
every
day.
A.100,000
people B.50,000
people
C.100,000
cars
D.50,000
cars
答案D
解析从第一段中的“about
one
hundred
thousand
cars”和“More
than
half
of
them”可知,每天的交通高峰时期,5万多辆汽车要过这座桥。
2Crossing
the
Golden
Gate
Bridge
by
car
is
not
pleasant
because
.
A.
it
takes
people
30
minutes
B.the
Golden
Gate
Bridge
is
very
long
C.the
bridge
is
crowded
with
cars
D.most
of
the
car
owners
cannot
enjoy
the
beauty
of
San
Francisco
答案C
解析从第一段最后一句可知,因为每天过桥的车辆太多,所以乘车过桥并不是一件令人愉快的事情。
3Which
of
the
following
statements
is
NOT
true
A.Going
to
work
by
boat
does
not
cost
too
much.
B.It
takes
15
minutes
for
people
to
go
to
work
by
boat.
C.Some
people
like
to
go
to
work
by
boat
because
they
can
enjoy
the
beautiful
scene
of
the
city.
D.People
can
make
friends
during
the
trip.
答案B
解析从最后一段可知,建造行程将需要15分钟的船还只是在计划中。
4Many
people
don’t
like
the
new
idea
for
a
high-speed
boat
because .
A.they
won’t
have
enough
time
to
rest
B.there
will
be
more
people
on
the
boat
C.they
don’t
want
to
work
earlier
D.they
like
to
eat
on
the
boat
答案A
解析从最后一段可知,如果乘快速轮船,只需要15分钟就可过河,这样人们就没有足够的时间来休息。
B
The
Taj
Mahal(泰姬陵)is
considered
to
be
one
of
the
most
beautiful
buildings
in
the
world
and
the
finest
example
of
the
late
style
of
Indian
architecture.It
is
at
Agra
in
northern
India.It
lies
beside
the
Yamuna
river
in
the
middle
of
gardens
with
quiet
pools.
The
Taj
Mahal
was
built
by
the
Mogul
emperor(皇帝)Shah
Jehan,who
ruled
India
in
the
seventeenth
century.It
is
in
memory
of
his
favourite
wife,Arjumand
Banu
Bagam,known
as
Mumtaz
Mahal,who
died
in
1631.The
building,which
was
completed
between
1632
and
1638,was
designed
by
a
local
architect(建筑师)
Ustad
Ahmad
Lahori.The
whole
building,with
gardens
and
gateway
structures,was
completed
in
1643.The
Taj
Mahal
stands
at
one
end
of
the
garden
tomb
with
marble(大理石)path.The
room
is
softly
lighted
by
the
light
that
passes
through
double
screens
of
carved
marble
set
high
in
the
walls.The
building
now
is
kept
in
good
condition.
The
Taj
Mahal
took
22
years
to
build.Shah
Jehan
planned
a
similar
building,but
in
black
instead
of
white,to
lie
on
the
other
side
of
the
river.But
before
it
could
be
built,Shah
Jehan
was
imprisoned(监禁)
by
his
son
and
buried
next
to
his
wife
in
the
Taj
Mahal.
5The
Taj
Mahal
was
built
for .
A.Mumtaz
Mahal
B.Shah
Jehan
C.either
Mumtaz
Mahal
or
Shah
Jehan
D.both
Mumtaz
Mahal
and
Shah
Jehan
答案A
解析根据第二段中的“It
is
in
memory
of
his
favourite
wife,Arjumand
Banu
Bagam,known
as
Mumtaz
Mahal,who
died
in
1631.”可知,泰姬陵是为了Mumtaz而建立的。因此选A项。
6Why
do
you
think
Shah
Jehan
was
buried
next
to
his
wife
A.His
own
tomb
hadn’t
been
built.
B.He
hoped
to
be
buried
there.
C.King
and
Queen
should
be
buried
together.
D.He
liked
Mumtaz
Mahal
all
his
life.
答案A
解析根据最后一段中的“But
before
it
could
be
built,Shah
Jehan
was
imprisoned(监禁)by
his
son
and
buried
next
to
his
wife
in
the
Taj
Mahal.”可知选A项。
7The
passage
mainly
tells
us .
A.why
the
Taj
Mahal
was
built
B.the
love
story
between
Shah
Jehan
and
Mumtaz
Mahal
C.some
information
about
the
Taj
Mahal
D.the
Taj
Mahal—the
pride
of
Indians
答案C
解析本文主要讲述了有关泰姬陵的一些信息。
8From
the
passage
we
can
learn
that .
A.the
Taj
Mahal
looks
more
beautiful
than
before
B.the
Taj
Mahal
doesn’t
exist
now
C.the
Taj
Mahal
has
completely
changed
D.the
Taj
Mahal
has
become
a
place
of
interest
答案D
解析根据第一段中的“The
Taj
Mahal
is
considered
to
be
one
of
the
most
beautiful
buildings
in
the
world
and
the
finest
example
of
the
late
style
of
Indian
architecture.”可知选D项。
★六、七选五阅读理解
(导学号57140007)
Everyone
wants
to
succeed
in
their
life.1.
It
really
isn’t
that
hard.Follow
the
steps
below,and
you
can
have
a
successful
teenage
life!
Do
well
in
school.
Try
your
best.Listen
to
the
teachers.Do
your
homework.Study,and
get
good
grades.2.And
a
better
education
will
help
you
to
get
a
great
job
in
the
future.
Do
something
good
in
your
community.
If
you
like
helping
people,volunteer
at
a
soup
kitchen.If
you
love
helping
the
environment,plant
trees
or
pick
up
garbage.3.
You’re
making
a
big
difference
in
the
world,and
above
all,having
lots
of
voluntary
hours
will
make
your
resume(简历)
more
attractive!
4.
Remember
they’re
there
to
help
you
to
be
the
best
that
you
can
be.Respect
them
and
value
their
opinions,even
if
they
annoy
you
sometimes.Keep
in
mind
that
they
do
the
things
because
they
care
about
you
and
want
you
to
succeed
in
life.
Have
good
friends
to
help
you
out!
Friends
are
there
to
support
you
and
lift
your
spirits.5.And
create
a
group
of
supportive,loving
friends
that
can
help
you
succeed
in
life.Find
a
few
really
good
friends
that
will
stick
with
you
once
you
leave
high
school.
A.Do
what
you
love.
B.Be
with
people
who
make
you
happy.
C.Be
nice
to
your
parents
and
teachers.
D.This
could
be
your
job
for
the
rest
of
your
life.
E.Doing
so
will
help
you
to
get
into
a
better
university.
F.Even
as
a
teenager,you
can
achieve
success
in
your
life.
G.When
you
help
others,it
will
make
you
feel
better
about
yourself.
答案1~5
FEGCBSection
Ⅱ
—
Learning
about
Language
一、选择适当的介词填空
in about through for with
1He
found
something
which
he
could
write.
答案about
2The
poor
man
has
no
house
which
he
can
live.
答案in
3Galileo
made
a
telescope
which
he
could
study
the
sky.
答案through
4He
lent
me
a
pencil
which
I
could
write.
答案with
5Mike
is
the
man
whom
my
father
is
working.
答案for
二、用适当的关系代词填空
1He
is
the
very
man
in
pocket
I
found
my
lost
money.
答案whose
2The
cloth
of
this
coat
is
made
is
produced
in
Shanghai.
答案which
3The
room
in
we
took
the
photos
was
very
dirty.
答案which
4John
has
many
teachers,of
he
likes
Mr
Zhang
best.
答案whom
5I
can’t
remember
the
age
at
he
won
the
prize.
答案which
三、用“介词+关系代词”填空
1Thank
you
for
your
help,
we
could
not
have
finished
the
work
on
time.
答案without
which
2Who
do
you
suppose
is
the
man
our
teacher
is
talking
答案to/with/about
whom
3I
can
see
the
playground
they
do
sports.
答案on
which
4I
don’t
like
the
way
he
spoke
to
me.
答案in
which
5He
borrowed
a
book
the
other
day,the
author
is
a
worker.
答案of
which
四、单句改错
1The
two
things
of
that
they
were
proud
were
Jim’s
gold
watch
and
Della’s
hair.
答案that→which
2He
lived
in
London
for
three
months,during
that
he
learned
some
English.
答案that→which
3Our
English
teacher,under
whose
help
we
have
made
great
progress
in
English,is
from
Jiangxi
Province.
答案under→with
4Tom,
of
which
we
feel
proud,
appeared
on
the
stage.
答案which→whom
5In
addition
to,the
Smiths
are
kind
to
the
boys
from
other
countries.
答案去掉第一个to
★五、阅读理解
(导学号57140035)
Rock
and
roll
music
first
became
popular
in
the
1950s.There
were
many
popular
rock
and
roll
singers
during
that
time,but
only
a
few
of
those
singers
are
still
popular.Most
people
today
are
familiar
with
the
singer
named
Elvis
Presley.
Elvis
Presley
sang
different
types
of
music.He
sang
country
music
and
blues
music.He
also
sang
music
that
you
might
hear
in
church,but
it
was
rock
and
roll
music
that
made
Elvis
very
popular.In
fact,the
songs
of
Elvis
became
so
famous
that
people
gave
the
singer
a
special
name.Everyone
started
to
call
him
“the
King
of
Rock
and
Roll”.Today
many
people
still
call
him
“the
King”
for
short.
Other
famous
singers
have
also
been
given
special
names.Not
everyone
always
agrees
with
their
names,but
many
newspapers
and
magazines
use
the
names.For
example,in
the
1980s
pop
music
became
famous,and
Michael
Jackson
was
the
most
popular
singer.People
thought
that
the
pop
music
was
really
just
one
kind
of
rock
and
roll
music,so
they
did
not
want
to
call
Michael
Jackson
“King”.Elvis
was
still
the
King.As
a
result,Michael
Jackson
was
given
the
name
“the
Prince
of
Pop”.However,Michael
Jackson
was
not
the
only
famous
pop
singer
in
the
1980s.Madonna
was
also
very
popular.She
was
given
the
name
“the
Queen
of
Pop”.More
than
one
woman
has
been
called
“the
Princess
of
Pop”.Two
of
the
most
famous
“Pop
Princesses”
are
Britney
Spears
and
Christina
Aguilera.
It
is
interesting
that
no
woman
was
ever
named
“the
Queen
of
Rock
and
Roll”.There
was
a
Queen
of
Disco
and
a
Queen
of
Country
Music,but
never
a
Queen
of
Rock.Maybe
in
the
years
to
come,a
woman
who
is
singing
now
will
get
that
special
name.
1This
passage
is
mainly
about
.
A.how
to
make
country
music
B.special
names
for
famous
singers
C.a
King
who
enjoyed
playing
music
D.a
Queen
who
was
fond
of
singing
songs
答案B
解析文章讨论了好几位著名歌星以及人们给他们起的特殊称谓,故选B项。
2How
many
famous
singers
are
mentioned
in
this
passage
A.Three. B.Four.
C.Five. D.Six.
答案C
解析文章提及了埃尔维斯·普雷斯利,迈克尔·杰克逊,麦当娜,布兰妮·斯皮尔斯及克里斯蒂娜·阿奎莱拉5位歌星。
3Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
according
to
the
passage
A.Rock
and
roll
music
was
popular
in
the
1940s.
B.There
have
been
two
Queens
of
Rock
and
Roll.
C.It
is
certain
that
a
woman
singing
now
will
be
named
“the
Queen
of
Rock
and
Roll”.
D.Many
people
once
thought
pop
music
was
one
type
of
rock
and
roll
music.
答案D
解析根据第三段的第四句话可知选D项。
4From
this
passage
we
can
learn
that
.
A.people
always
agree
on
titles
for
these
famous
musicians
B.there
has
been
only
one
Princess
of
Pop
C.there
were
many
rock
and
roll
singers
in
the
1950s
D.there
has
never
been
a
Queen
of
Country
Music
so
far
答案C
解析根据文章第一段可知,在20世纪50年代有很多摇滚歌手,故选C项。
★六、完形填空
(导学号57140036)
“I
couldn’t
survive
without
music,”says
fifteen-year-old
Steve.In
the
morning,Steve
wakes
up
to
his
favourite
1
radio
station.He
listens
to
rock
on
the
radio
while
he
eats
his
2 .He
puts
on
his
personal
stereo
before
he
leaves
the
house
and
listens
to
cassettes
on
the
bus
to
3 .
“Last
week
I
put
my
headphones
on
in
the
maths
4 ,”
admits
Steve.“The
teacher
was
really
5 .She
took
my
headphones
away
and
I
couldn’t
use
them
for
a
week.It
was
6 .”At
home
Steve
does
his
homework
to
music—loud
music.
“My
mother
7
shouts
‘Turn
it
down!’,”says
Steve.“She
can’t
8
how
I
can
work
9
music
on,but
music
10
me
to
fix
my
attention
upon
my
studies.”Steve
would
like
to
make
music
himself.“I’m
learning
to
play
the
guitar. 11 ,it
doesn’t
sound
so
good
at
the
12 .But
I’m
going
to
keep
practising!”
For
13
like
Steve,music
is
a
very
important
part
of
14 .Music
is
social;it
brings
people
together
at
discos,parties
and
concerts.Fast, 15
music
is
full
of
energy;it
helps
people
to
16
their
problems
and
have
17 .Music
talks
about
love,freedom
and
imagination.There
are
always
new
songs
and
new
styles.
18
Steve’s
mother
agrees
that
music
brings
some
problems.“Steve
is
a
sensible(明智的)boy,”she
says.“I
don’t
think
he
would
ever
take
drugs
hearing
rock.But
I
19
worry
about
his
hearing
with
all
that
loud
music.And
it
20
me
crazy!”
1A.English
B.news
C.information
D.music
答案D
解析由上一句可知史蒂夫没有音乐就无法生存,因此他早上一醒来就调到他最喜爱的电台听音乐。
2A.breakfast
B.lunch
C.supper
D.dinner
答案A
解析上一句中提到时间是In
the
morning,下文提到离开家,由此推知他是吃早餐。
3A.work
B.office
C.school
D.party
答案C
解析由第二段史蒂夫说的话中提到The
teacher可知,他是个学生,因此他早上离开家乘公共汽车是去上学。
4A.workshop
B.class
C.lab
D.dormitory
答案B
解析既然下文提到老师把他的耳机拿去,那么他一定是在数学课上戴着耳机听音乐。因此答案为class。
5A.excited
B.worried
C.angry
D.tired
答案C
解析由下文老师的举动“She
took
my
headphones
away”可知老师对于史蒂夫在课上听音乐很生气,而不是excited,worried或tired。
6A.terrible
B.hopeless
C.rich
D.surprising
答案A
解析一周不能用耳机,这对于喜欢音乐的史蒂夫来说,应是一件可怕的事情。terrible“可怕的”;hopeless“没有希望的”;rich“富裕的”;surprising“令人意外的,令人惊讶的”。
7A.usually
B.seldom
C.frequently
D.always
答案D
解析由妈妈说的“Turn
it
down”可知,妈妈反对史蒂夫做作业时听音乐,因此可排除seldom(很少);usually表示“通常”;frequently表示“频繁地”;always表示
“总是”。从A、C、D三项的含义看,D项的程度最重,符合文意。
8A.expect
B.bear
C.understand
D.hope
答案C
解析expect表示“期望”;bear表示“忍受”;understand表示“理解”;hope表示“希望”。此处表示妈妈不理解史蒂夫一边做作业一边听音乐的做法。
9A.while
B.at
C.for
D.with
答案D
解析while是连词,后接句子,而该空后不是句子,排除A项;at和for为介词,后面不能接复合宾语(宾语+宾语补足语),排除B项和C项;而with可以接复合宾语,with
music
on表示“听着音乐”。
10A.helps
B.leads
C.causes
D.forces
答案A
解析由but可知史蒂夫认为音乐有它好的一面,即音乐有助于他把注意力集中在学习上。
11A.Unluckily
B.Actually
C.Disappointingly
D.Necessarily
答案B
解析由下面的“it
doesn’t
sound
so
good”可知应选择actually(实际上),用来引出实情。unluckily表示“不幸地”;disappointingly意为“令人失望地”;necessarily意为“必要地”。
12A.first
B.last
C.moment
D.hour
答案C
解析at
first可表示“起初,首先”,但中间不能加the,由此排除A项;at
last表示“最后”,中间也没有the,由此排除B项;at
the
hour表示特指“在某一点钟”,与句意不符;此处应用at
the
moment表示“现在”,与下文的“I’m
going
to...”相呼应。
13A.grown-ups
B.parents
C.friends
D.teenagers
答案D
解析由史蒂夫是个学生可知,此处应用teenagers(青少年)来表示“像史蒂夫一样的青少年们”。
14A.study
B.life
C.family
D.school
答案B
解析由上文知史蒂夫离不开音乐,因此音乐已成为生活中一个非常重要的部分更为确切。
15A.classical
B.country
C.light
D.loud
答案D
解析由第二段最后一句中的loud
music可知此处应用loud和Fast并列。classical意为“经典的,古典的”;country意为“乡村,国家”;light意为“光,轻的”。
16A.forget
B.settle
C.remove
D.leave
答案A
解析此处是在叙述音乐的作用,空后的problems常与动词settle连用,意为“解决问题”,这与音乐的功能不符合。forget
“忘记”,放在句中表示“音乐可以帮助人们忘却烦恼和问题”。
17A.smile
B.future
C.fun
D.sense
答案C
解析此处仍在叙述音乐的作用,用have
fun表示“开心”,与have
a
good
time同义。
18A.And
B.Therefore
C.Meanwhile
D.But
答案D
解析and表示承接上文;therefore表示“因此”;meanwhile表示“与此同时,在此期间”;but
表示转折关系。由该句话表达音乐带来的问题可知,这与上文叙述音乐的作用存在转折关系,因此选择but。
19A.can
B.do
C.will
D.should
答案B
解析此处用“do+动词原形”表示强调,指史蒂夫的妈妈“的确担心”他的听力。
20A.causes
B.results
C.drives
D.leaves
答案C
解析cause表示“造成,引起”;result表示“结果”;drive表示“驱使”;leave表示“留下,使保持一种状态”。此处用drive构成词组drive
sb
crazy,意思是“使某人发疯”。
★七、语篇填空
(导学号57140037)
Tom
was
sick
with
1 (disappoint).The
piano
performance
was
almost
a
success.However,he
failed
in
his
solo(独奏).He
couldn’t
understand
how
2
could
have
happened.
He
had
practised
for
weeks
that
seemed
like
months.He
had
given
up
sports
until
after
the
performance
3
he
wanted
to
make
his
parents
4 (pride)
of
him.He
spent
all
his
time
with
the
piano.
His
teacher
had
said
he
was
5 (quickly)
to
learn.It
was
true
that
he
accepted
music
as
another
language,another
way
to
talk
to
people.
His
grandparents,aunt,and
uncle
all
came
to
hear
him
play,and
he
was
anxious
6 (show)
them
that
he
was
the
best
in
the
whole
class.
But,when
he
stood
up
to
go
to
the
piano,his
knees
felt
weak.He
looked
into
the
audience
and
saw
his
family
7 (smile)
back
at
him.
At
this
time,he
felt
nervous.His
fingers
began
to
tremble,shaking
as
though
he
had
caught
8
bad
cold.
He
sat
down
at
the
piano.He
took
a
deep
9 (breathe).He
played
the
first
part
of
his
music,then
he
realized
with
fear
that
he
10 (forget)
the
rest.He
started
over(从头再来),thinking
that
would
help.It
didn’t.His
bright
musical
life
seemed
to
end.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.disappointment 2.it 3.because 4.proud 5.quick
6.to
show 7.smiling 8.a 9.breath 10.had
forgotten
★八、短文改错
(导学号57140038)
During
the
weekend
I
traveled
by
the
air
for
the
first
time
in
my
life.I
usual
travel
by
train
or
bus.It’s
both
cheaper
and
safe.But
to
fly
in
the
sky
was
something
new
to
me.At
the
end
I
felt
a
little
nervous.But
very
soon
I
became
exciting
when
I
found
me
high
up
in
the
sky
among
the
clouds.I
also
found
that
mountains,fields,river
and
so
on
was
interestingly
small.I
enjoy
the
frightening
and
comfortable
journey
very
much.After
all,it
is
more
interesting
take
a
plane
than
to
take
a
car.
答案第一句:去掉第二个the
第二句:usual→usually
第三句:safe→safer
第五句:end→beginning
第六句:exciting→excited;me→myself
第七句:river→rivers;was→were
第八句:enjoy→enjoyed
第九句:interesting后加toUnit
3
Computers
Section
Ⅰ
—
Warming
Up,Pre-reading,
Reading
&
Comprehending
一、根据句意和汉语或首字母提示写出单词
1Let
us
(探索)
the
possibilities
for
improvement.
答案explore
2It
was
clever
of
you
to
s
the
problem
in
this
way.
答案solve
3As
a
(结果),a
terrible
accident
happened
to
him
that
day.
答案result
4He
didn’t
know
much
about
English,but
he
helped
the
Englishman
out
(即使如此).
答案anyhow
5By
working
hard,he
reached
his
(目标)
at
last.
答案goal
二、用适当的介词或副词填空
1The
computer
began
a
calculating
machine
in
France
in
1642.
答案as
2In
1936
Alan
Turing
wrote
a
book
about
how
the
computer
could
be
made
to
work
a
“universal
machine”.
答案as
3As
time
went
,
it
became
smaller
and
smaller.
答案by
4
the
1970s,the
computer
has
been
used
in
offices
and
homes.
答案Since
5Do
you
want
to
share
your
knowledge
your
classmates
答案with
三、单句改错
1He
asked
me
whether
I
belonged
to
a
human
race.
答案a→the
2I
don’t
know
where
his
brother
is
explored
now.
答案explored→exploring
3Mary
is
a
intelligent
girl
and
we
like
her
very
much.
答案a→an
4Although
it
was
young,but
it
could
simplify
difficult
sums.
答案去掉but
5As
a
result
for
her
carelessness,she
failed
to
pass
the
exam.
答案for→of
6She
never
spoke
to
him
again
from
that
day
ago.
答案ago→on
7He
writes
such
beautifully
that
every
teacher
likes
reading
his
composition.
答案such→so
8It
is
so
a
small
room
that
it
can’t
hold
five
people.
答案so→such
9After
now
on,you
have
to
face
the
truth
and
work
hard.
答案After→From
10After
solve
the
problem,we
can
go
home.
答案solve→solving
四、根据课文内容填空
1I
developed
very
slowly
and
it
took
nearly
two
hundred
years
I
was
built
as
an
analytical
machine
by
Charles
Babbage.
答案before
2As
time
went
,I
was
made
smaller.
答案by
3But
I
was
always
so
lonely
(stand)there
by
myself,
in
the
early
1960s
they
gave
me
a
family
(connect)by
a
network.
答案standing;until;connected
4Anyhow,my
goal
is
(provide)humans
with
a
life
high
quality.
答案to
provide;of
5I
am
a
(devote)friend
and
(help)of
the
human
race!
答案devoted;helper
★五、阅读理解
A
Every
year
when
the
Italian
artist
Michelangelo’s
(1475—1564)
birthday
comes
around,computer
users
all
over
the
world
are
filled
with
fear
and
use
their
computers
with
care.Some
may
even
choose
not
to
turn
on
their
computers
on
March
6th.All
this
fear
and
care
are
just
because
a
deadly
computer
virus
(病毒)
is
ready
to
cause
damage
on
that
day.
What’s
a
computer
virus
then Why
do
people
get
so
afraid
of
it
A
computer
virus
is,in
fact,a
little
program
that
is
put
into
other
programs
and
that
does
something
bad.It
is
called
a
virus
because,like
any
real-life
viruses
such
as
AIDS
virus
(艾滋病病毒),it
reproduces
(繁殖)
itself.And
when
these
programs
are
run,the
virus
is
brought
to
life.It
hides
itself
in
your
computer
system
waiting
for
the
right
moment
to
make
damage.And
at
the
same
time
it
keeps
producing
itself
by
copying
itself
onto
other
programs.
The
Michelangelo
virus
waits
until
the
artist’s
birthday
comes
around,and
then
it
will
wake
up
to
do
very
bad
things
like
destroying
your
files.So
next
time
when
you
turn
on
your
computer,look
out
for
computer
viruses!
1The
Italian
artist
Michelangelo .
A.was
born
six
centuries
ago
B.was
born
on
March
6th,1475
C.died
six
centuries
ago
D.died
on
March
6th,1564
答案B
解析由第一段第一句中括号内米开朗基罗的出生年代及下面的March
6th可以得出答案。
2Why
are
computer
users
full
of
fear
on
March
6th Because .
A.it
is
the
birthday
of
a
famous
Italian
artist
B.a
kind
of
AIDS
virus
will
come
on
that
day
C.a
deadly
computer
virus
will
wake
up
and
then
cause
damage
to
computers
on
that
day
D.something
will
easily
go
wrong
with
computers
答案C
解析由第一段最后一句和最后一段第一句可推出三月六日那天,一种致命的病毒将对电脑造成损伤。
3In
fact,a
computer
virus
is
.
A.a
program
which
can
be
put
into
computers
with
lots
of
damage
to
them
B.a
kind
of
real-life
virus
C.a
kind
of
virus
like
AIDS
virus
D.also
a
kind
of
program
which
is
placed
into
other
programs
and
which
makes
damage
答案D
解析由第三段第一句可以得出答案。
4In
fact,a
computer
virus
is
ready
to
cause
damage
.
A.any
day
B.only
on
March
6th
C.on
Fridays
D.only
on
some
famous
artists’
birthdays
答案A
解析因为电脑病毒和现实生活中的病毒一样,所以在任何一天都有可能对电脑系统及文件造成损伤。
B
A
class
with
hundreds
of
thousands
of
students
might
sound
like
a
teacher’s
bad
dream.But
a
big
idea
in
higher
education
these
days
is
the
massive
open
online
course,or
MOOC.
Some
universities
offer
free
MOOCs
available
to
anyone
in
the
world.Others
charge
for
courses.The
idea
is
still
developing.So
far,most
MOOCs
are
in
computer
science,technology,mechanics
and
engineering.For
example,students
around
the
world
are
taking
a
free
course
called
“Building
a
Computer
Search
Engine”.Two
computer
scientists,Sebastian
Thrun
and
David
Evans,are
offering
this
course
through
the
Internet.Mr
Evans
is
an
associate
professor
from
Virginia
University
and
Mr
Thrun
is
a
Stanford
research
professor.
There
are
no
education
requirements
for
the
course.The
students
watch
short
videos.And
then
they
take
informal
tests
after
the
videos
each
week
for
six
weeks.
“Tests
are
part
of
the
lecture
to
keep
students
busy
and
thinking,for
students
to
be
able
to
check
that
they
understood
what
we
covered.Those
aren’t
graded
and
students
try
those
as
often
as
they
want,”David
Evans
said.They
can
repeatedly
watch
the
videos
and
take
the
tests
whenever
they
want.
Students
receive
homework.They
join
online
groups
to
exchange
questions
and
answers
about
the
course.
The
teachers
hold
virtual(虚拟的)
office
hours
to
answer
questions
that
the
students
have
sent
to
them.They
also
present
their
own
questions
and
observations.
The
students
take
a
final
examination
to
show
their
positions
in
the
class.Everyone
who
finishes
the
course
receives
a
grade
and
proof(证明)
of
completion.
Mr
Thrun
started
Udacity,which
supports
free
MOOCs.Udacity
hopes
to
earn
some
money
in
the
future
by
connecting
possible
employers
with
interested
students.On
his
Stanford
homepage
he
says
he
wants
to
help
education
to
prevail.Education,he
says,should
be
free,easy
to
get
for
all,everywhere
and
anytime.
5What
can
we
learn
about
MOOCs
A.Not
all
of
them
are
free.
B.They
are
a
bad
dream
for
teachers.
C.They
are
popular
among
high
school
students.
D.They
are
given
by
professors
from
famous
universities.
答案A
解析根据第二段前两句可知,有一些大型网上课程是免费的,但也有一些是收费的,即并不是所有的该类课程都是免费的。
6We
can
learn
from
the
passage
that
“Building
a
Computer
Search
Engine”
.
A.is
offered
by
two
scientists
from
the
same
university
B.is
mainly
for
students
from
American
universities
C.can
be
taken
only
by
excellent
college
students
D.is
a
free
course
that
is
provided
on
the
Internet
答案D
解析根据第二段第五句可知,该课程是一门免费的网上课程。
7The
students
who
attend
the
course
“Building
a
Computer
Search
Engine”
.
A.will
have
to
take
an
informal
test
every
day
B.learn
mainly
by
watching
short
videos
on
the
Internet
C.can
ask
the
teachers
questions
about
the
course
face
to
face
D.will
get
a
proof
of
completion
if
they
do
well
in
the
final
examination
答案B
解析第二段第五句提到该课程是一门免费的网上课程。结合第三段第二句可知,学生主要通过观看网上视频来进行学习。
8The
underlined
word
“prevail”
in
the
last
paragraph
probably
means
“ ”.
A.be
free
of
charge B.differ
C.become
popular
D.change
答案C
解析根据全文最后一句中的“easy
to
get
for
all,everywhere
and
anytime”可推知,画线词意为“普及,使大众化”。
★六、七选五阅读理解
(导学号57140015)
There
was
once
a
lonely
girl
who
longed
so
much
for
love.One
day
while
she
was
walking
in
the
woods
she
found
two
starving
birds.1.
She
cared
them
with
love
and
the
birds
grew
strong.Every
morning
they
greeted
her
with
a
wonderful
song.The
girl
felt
the
great
love
from
the
birds.
2.
The
larger
and
stronger
of
the
two
birds
flew
from
the
cage.The
girl
was
so
frightened
that
he
would
fly
away.As
he
flew
close,she
grasped
him
wildly.Her
heart
felt
glad
at
her
success
in
capturing
him.3.
She
opened
her
hand
and
stared
in
horror
at
the
dead
bird.Her
desperate
love
had
killed
him.
She
noticed
the
other
bird
moving
back
and
forth
on
the
edge
of
the
cage.She
could
feel
his
great
need
for
freedom.He
needed
to
fly
into
the
clear,blue
sky.4.
The
bird
circled
once,twice,three
times.
The
girl
watched
delightedly
at
the
bird’s
enjoyment.5.
She
wanted
the
bird
to
be
happy.Suddenly
the
bird
flew
closer
and
landed
softly
on
her
shoulder.It
sang
the
sweetest
songs
that
she
had
ever
heard.
The
fastest
way
to
lose
love
is
to
hold
on
it
too
tight,while
the
best
way
to
keep
love
is
to
give
it
wings!
A.Suddenly
she
felt
the
bird
go
softly.
B.She
gave
them
some
delicious
food
and
left.
C.One
day
the
girl
left
the
door
of
the
cage
open.
D.Her
heart
was
no
longer
concerned
with
her
loss.
E.One
day
she
left
with
the
two
birds
at
home
alone.
F.She
took
them
home
and
put
them
in
a
small
cage.
G.She
lifted
him
from
the
cage
and
threw
him
softly
into
the
air.
答案1~5
FCAGD
★七、语篇填空
(导学号57140016)
(2017·浙江高考)
Last
October,while
tending
her
garden
in
Mora,Sweden,Lena
Pahlsson
pulled
out
a
handful
of
small
1 (carrot)and
was
about
to
throw
them
away.But
something
made
her
look
closer,and
she
noticed
a
2 (shine)
object.Yes,there
beneath
the
leafy
top
of
one
tiny
carrot
was
her
long-lost
wedding
ring.
Pahlsson
screamed 3 loudly
that
her
daughter
came
running
from
the
house.“She
thought
I
had
hurt 4 (I),”says
Pahlsson.
Sixteen
years 5 (early),Pahlsson
had
removed
the
diamond
ring
6 (cook)
a
meal.When
she
wanted
to
put
the
ring
back
on
later,it
was
gone.She
suspected
that
one
of
her
three
daughters
—
then
ten,eight,and
six
—
had
picked
it
up,but
the
girls
said
they
hadn’t.Pahlsson
and
her
husband
7 (search)
the
kitchen,checking
every
corner,but
turned
up
nothing.“I
gave
up
hope
of
finding
my
ring
again,”
she
says.She
never
replaced
it.
Pahlsson
and
her
husband
now
think
the
ring
probably
got 8 (sweep)
into
a
pile
of
kitchen
rubbish
and
was
spread
over
the
garden, 9 it
remained
until
the
carrot’s
leafy
top
accidentally
sprouted(生长)
through
it.For
Pahlsson,its
return
was
10
wonder.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.carrots 2.shiny/shining 3.so 4.myself 5.earlier 6.to
cook 7.searched 8.swept 9.where 10.a第二单元检测
(时间:90分钟 满分:120分)
一、阅读理解(共两节,满分40分)
第一节(共12小题;每小题2.5分,满分30分)
阅读下面短文,从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。
A
It
is
true
that
people
with
better
education
are
usually
able
to
get
better
paying
jobs.In
other
words,they
have
more
chances
to
choose
a
good
job
while
people
with
little
or
no
education
don’t.It
seems
that
the
purpose
of
education
is
to
make
people
get
jobs.But
this
isn’t
accepted
by
all
people.
Some
people
may
think
that
a
person
should
spend
the
best
years
of
his
life
to
get
education
only
for
a
way
of
living.This
was
probably
one
of
the
earliest
reasons
of
education.In
fact,if
education
is
just
a
way
of
making
a
living,people
don’t
need
to
spend
so
much
time
in
school.People
can
get
education
for
a
living
in
a
short
time.Subjects
like
history
and
geography
need
not
be
taught
to
everyone.Even
language
and
mathematics
need
not
be
taught
in
detail,either.Here
it
is
clear
that
education
is
much
more
than
teaching
a
man
to
get
a
way
of
living.
Education
is
well-rounded
and
it
is
mainly
for
improving
a
man.It
is
not
only
to
teach
him
to
speak,read
and
write,but
also
to
develop
his
creative
thinking
and
other
abilities.After
that,it
is
to
make
him
a
wise
man
and
thankfully
enjoy
the
achievements
of
human.Education
is
to
make
a
man
lead
a
better
life.Educated
people
are
expected
to
be
able
to
listen
to
good
music,read
good
books,watch
plays
and
most
of
all
take
an
interest
in
the
world.
I
would
agree
that
making
a
good
living
is
an
important
reason
for
education,but
certainly
not
the
most
important
or
the
main
reason.
1People
with
little
education
usually
.
A.spend
a
long
time
in
school
B.have
a
good
chance
to
get
a
job
C.spend
the
best
years
to
choose
jobs
D.have
fewer
chances
to
get
a
good
job
答案D
解析根据第一段中的“In
other
words,they
have
more
chances
to
choose
a
good
job
while
people
with
little
or
no
education
don’t.”可知接受教育很少的人,获得好工作的机会很少。故选D项。
2The
earliest
education
was
probably
to
.
A.make
a
man
lead
a
better
life
B.teach
a
man
to
write
and
think
C.make
people
get
a
way
of
living
D.teach
people
to
read
good
books
答案C
解析根据第二段中的“Some
people
may
think
that
a
person
should
spend
the
best
years
of
his
life
to
get
education
only
for
a
way
of
living.This
was
probably
one
of
the
earliest
reasons
of
education.”可知最早的教育是为了让人们获得一种谋生的方式。
3It
is
expected
that
educated
people
will
be
able
to
.
A.accept
education
as
a
way
of
living
B.take
an
interest
in
the
whole
world
C.develop
their
abilities
to
make
plays
D.learn
subjects
like
language
and
math
答案B
解析根据第三段中的“Educated
people
are
expected
to
be
able
to
listen
to
good
music,read
good
books,watch
plays
and
most
of
all
take
an
interest
in
the
world.”可知选B项。
4The
passage
mainly
tells
us
that
.
A.education
should
make
a
man
improve
B.people
can
get
education
in
a
short
time
C.people
should
be
able
to
get
better
paid
jobs
D.all
subjects
are
so
important
for
a
way
of
living
答案A
解析根据短文第三段描述,可知教育有助于一个人提高自身水平。故选A项。
B
(导学号57140048)
Two
good
friends,Sam
and
Jason,met
with
a
car
accident
on
their
way
home
one
snowy
night.The
next
morning,Sam
woke
up
blind.His
legs
were
broken.The
doctor,Mr
Lee,was
standing
by
his
bed,looking
at
him
worriedly.When
he
saw
Sam
awake,he
asked,“How
are
you
feeling,Sam ”
Sam
smiled
and
said,“Not
bad,Doctor.Thank
you
very
much
for
doing
the
special
operation.”
Mr
Lee
was
moved
by
Sam.When
he
was
leaving,Sam
said,“Please
don’t
tell
Jason
about
it.”
“Well
...Well
...OK,”
Mr
Lee
replied.
Months
later
when
Jason’s
wounds
healed,Sam
was
still
very
sick.He
couldn’t
see
or
walk.He
could
do
nothing
but
stay
in
his
wheelchair
all
day
long.At
first,Jason
stayed
with
him
for
a
few
days.But
days
later,Jason
thought
it
boring
to
spend
time
with
a
disabled
man
like
Sam.So
he
went
to
see
Sam
less
and
less.He
made
new
friends.From
then
on,he
didn’t
go
to
visit
Sam
any
more.Sam
didn’t
have
any
family
or
friends
except
Jason.He
felt
very
sad.
Things
went
from
bad
to
worse.Sam
died
a
year
later.When
Jason
came,Mr
Lee
gave
him
a
letter
from
Sam.In
the
letter
Sam
said,“Dear
Jason,I
am
disabled.But
I
want
you
to
be
a
healthy
man.So
I
gave
my
eyes
to
you
so
that
you
can
enjoy
life
as
a
healthy
man.Now
you
have
new
friends.I’m
glad
to
see
that
you
are
as
healthy
and
happy
as
usual.I’m
glad
you
live
a
happy
life.You
are
always
my
best
friend
...Sam.”When
he
finished
reading
the
letter,Mr
Lee
said,“I
have
promised
that
I
will
keep
this
a
secret
until
Sam
is
gone.Now
you
know
it.”
Jason
stood
there
like
a
stone.Tears
ran
down
his
face.
5The
car
accident
happened
.
A.only
to
Sam
B.on
a
cold
evening
C.the
next
morning
D.on
the
way
to
work
答案B
解析根据第一段中的“met
with
a
car
accident
on
their
way
home
one
snowy
night”可知这期交通事故发生在一个寒冷的冬季的晚上。
6Sam
thanked
Mr
Lee
mainly
because
Mr
Lee
.
A.saved
his
friend
Jason’s
life
B.was
very
kind
and
friendly
to
him
C.came
to
see
him
early
in
the
morning
D.did
the
operation
according
to
his
wish
答案D
解析根据短文第一段中的“Thank
you
very
much
for
doing
the
special
operation.”及倒数第二段内容,可知这个手术是按照萨姆的意愿做的,故选D项。
7Which
of
the
following
is
the
correct
order
of
events
in
the
story
a.Jason
made
new
friends.
b.Sam
gave
his
eyes
to
Jason.
c.Sam
and
Jason
met
with
a
car
accident.
d.Jason
felt
bored
when
staying
with
Sam.
e.Sam
died
and
Jason
knew
the
truth.
A.c-b-d-a-e B.d-c-b-e-a
C.d-a-c-b-e
D.c-d-b-e-a
答案A
解析根据短文描述,可知他们是首先遇到了车祸,可知排除B、C两项,根据短文二、三段描述,可知詹森交新的朋友在先,萨姆之死在后,故选A项。
8After
we
finish
reading
Sam’s
letter,we
can
infer(推断)that
.
A.Sam
caused
the
car
accident
B.Sam’s
operation
was
not
successful
C.Jason
was
made
blind
in
the
car
accident
D.Jason
knew
how
Sam
helped
him
before
Sam
died
答案C
解析根据短文倒数第二段描述,可知是萨姆把自己的眼睛给了詹森,可知詹森在车祸中致盲了。故选C项。
C
New
rules
and
behaviour
standards
for
middle
school
students
came
out
in
March.Middle
schools
are
going
to
use
a
new
way
to
decide
who
the
top
students
are.The
best
students
won’t
only
have
high
marks.They
will
also
be
kids
who
don’t
dye
their
hair.The
following
are
some
of
the
new
rules.
Tell
the
truth.Have
you
ever
copied
someone
else’s
work
on
an
exam Don’t
do
it
again!That’s
not
something
an
honest
student
should
do.If
you
have
played
computer
games
for
two
hours
in
your
room,don’t
tell
your
parents
you
have
done
homework.
Do
more
at
school.Good
students
love
animals
and
care
for
other
people.April
is
bird-loving
month
in
China.Is
your
school
doing
anything
to
celebrate You
should
join!In
that
way,you
can
learn
more
about
animals
and
how
to
protect
them.When
more
people
work
together,it
makes
it
more
fun
for
everyone.
Have
you
ever
quarreled
with
your
teammates
when
your
basketball
team
lost Only
working
together
can
make
your
team
stronger.Be
friendly
to
the
people
you
are
with.Try
to
think
of
others,not
only
yourself.
Be
open
to
new
ideas.Have
you
ever
thought
that
people
could
live
on
the
moon Maybe
you’ll
discover
EarthⅡsome
day.Don’t
look
down
on
new
ideas.Everyone’s
ideas
are
important.You
should
welcome
them,because
new
ideas
make
life
better
for
everyone.
Protect
yourself.Has
someone
ever
taken
money
from
one
of
your
classmates Don’t
let
it
happen
to
you.If
you
have
to
go
home
late,you
should
let
your
parents
know.
Use
the
Internet
carefully.The
Internet
can
be
very
useful
for
your
studies.But
some
things
on
the
Internet
aren’t
for
kids,so
try
to
look
at
web
pages
that
are
good
for
you.You
can
use
the
web
for
fun
or
homework.
9The
new
school
rules
will
help
kids
by
telling
them
.
A.how
they
can
study
well
B.what
they
should
do
at
school
C.what
is
right
and
what
is
wrong
D.how
they
can
protect
themselves
答案C
解析这篇文章讲述了学校新的行为规范,学生通过这些行为规范就可以知道什么事情可以做,什么事情不能做。故选C项。
10According
to
the
passage,which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
A.Take
care
of
yourself
when
you
are
out.
B.Tell
the
truth,even
when
you
are
wrong.
C.Keep
some
animals
to
protect
them.
D.Use
the
Internet,but
keep
away
from
bad
things.
答案C
解析通过文章可知,当你外出时,要学会保护自己;即使你错了,也要讲实话;要保护动物,但是不是饲养他们;使用电脑的时候,要远离坏的信息。故选C项。
11Good
websites
for
children
can
.
A.be
a
waste
of
time
B.help
them
with
their
studies
C.do
homework
for
them
D.make
life
easier
答案B
解析根据文章中的“The
Internet
can
be
very
useful
for
your
studies.”可知,好的网站能够帮助孩子们的学习。故选B项。
12The
passage
tells
us
how
to .
A.be
top
students
B.do
more
at
school
C.care
for
others
D.use
the
Internet
答案A
解析这篇文章提供了如何成为优等生的行为规范。故选A项。
第二节(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
(导学号57140049)
Love
is
a
telephone
which
always
keeps
silent
when
you
are
longing
for
a
call,but
rings
when
you
are
not
ready
for
it. 13 .
Love
is
a
telephone
which
is
seldom
program-controlled
or
directly
dialed.You
cannot
get
an
immediate
answer
by
a
mere
“hello”,let
alone
go
deep
into
your
lover’s
heart
by
one
call.Usually
it
had
to
be
relayed
by
an
operator, 14 .
15 .When
you
are
ready
to
die
for
love,you
only
find,to
your
disappointment,the
line
is
already
occupied
by
someone
else,and
you
are
greeted
only
by
a
busy
line.
Love
is
a
telephone
which
is
not
always
associated
with
happiness. 16 .
Love
is
a
telephone
which,when
you
use
it
for
the
first
time,makes
you
so
nervous
and
excited
17 .
A.and
you
have
to
be
patient
in
waiting
B.so
everything
can
be
done
in
a
second
C.that
you
will
hate
to
make
another
call
D.Love
is
a
telephone
which
is
always
busy
E.As
a
result,we
often
miss
the
sweetness
from
the
other
end
F.that
you
either
hold
the
receiver
upside
down
or
dial
the
wrong
number
G.When
you
pick
up
a
phone,you
never
know
whether
it
brings
sweetness
or
bitterness
答案13~17
EADGF
二、英语知识运用(共两节,满分45分)
第一节:完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
(导学号57140050)
Do
you
know
one
bird
whose
name
is
crow Here
is
a
story
about
one
of
them.There
was
once
a
lazy
crow,who
thought
it
was
too
much
trouble
to
18
food.“Caw!Caw!”
he
said,“If
someone
brought
me
my
food
every
day,I’d
be
very
19 !”
One
day,he
saw
a(n) 20
pigeon
flying
by.“How
happy
and
well-fed
it
looks,”
the
crow
said
to
himself.So
the
crow
21
the
pigeon
until
they
came
to
a
22 .There
were
some
other
23
there
too.Before
long,an
old
man
came
along
and
brought
them
a
large
bag
of
food.When
the
man
had
gone,the
crow
flew
over
to
the
pigeons.“Caw!Caw!”
said
he.“Can
I
24
you ”
“No,you
can’t!”
25
the
pigeons
angrily.“We
don’t
know
you.”
The
crow
went
home
feeling
26 .But
he
suddenly
had
a(n) 27 .“I’ll
paint
my
28
grey,”
he
said,“and
then
the
pigeons
will
29
I
am
one
of
them.”
After
he
finished
the
painting,he
flew
off
to
the
park
and
was
30
by
the
pigeons.The
crow
was
so
hungry
that
he
got
very
excited
at
the
food.“Caw!Caw!Give
lots
to
me!”
he
said
loudly. 31 ,the
pigeons
found
he
was
a
crow.They
flew
after
him
and
made
him
32 .
Sadly,the
crow
flew
to
his
own
forest.But
when
his
old
friends,the
other
crows,saw
him,they
asked
him
to
33 .They
did
not
34
him
because
of
his
grey-painted
feathers.So
the
crow
felt
35
than
before.His
own
36
did
not
want
him, 37
the
pigeons
wouldn’t
let
him
into
their
group.
“What
looks
easier
isn’t
always
so,”
the
crow
said
to
himself.“I
wish
I
had
never
painted
my
feathers
grey!”
18A.pick
out
B.look
for
C.put
away
D.hand
in
答案B
解析由第一段中的“a
lazy
crow”和“If
someone
brought
me
my
food
every
day”可以看出它认为寻找食物太困难而不愿自己觅食。故选B项。
19A.lovely
B.healthy
C.happy
D.pretty
答案C
解析句意:如果有人每天给“我”送食物,“我”肯定非常“高兴”。
20A.boring
B.funny
C.old
D.fat
答案D
解析由第二段中的“How
happy
and
well-fed
it
looks”中的well-fed(喂养得很好)可得出这只鸽子是丰满的。故选D项。
21A.followed
B.caught
C.protected
D.taught
答案A
解析句意:于是乌鸦“跟着”鸽子来到了一个“公园”。
22A.square
B.forest
C.park
D.house
答案C
解析在国外,鸽子一般都会成群结队地在公园出现,让游客或行人进行喂养,而且鸽子是不允许捕杀的。下文的“he
flew
off
to
the
park”也是提示,故选C项。
23A.men
B.visitors
C.pigeons
D.crows
答案C
解析句意:在那儿也有一些“鸽子”。
24A.help
B.join
C.see
D.believe
答案B
解析乌鸦看到了那个人送的食物想“加入”鸽子群和它们一起分享食物。
25A.explained
B.advised
C.shouted
D.continued
答案C
解析由下文的“angrily”可知鸽子向乌鸦生气地大声“喊叫”。
26A.lucky B.asleep
C.tired D.sad
答案D
解析由于鸽子群不让它加入乌鸦因而感到“悲伤”,第五段的开头的Sadly也有所暗示。
27A.idea
B.choice
C.change
D.accident
答案A
解析句意:它突然有了一个“主意”。
28A.head
B.feathers
C.feet
D.legs
答案B
解析由最后一段最后一句“I
wish
I
had
never
painted
my
feathers
grey!”可知此处应选B项。
29A.understand
B.guess
C.hope
D.think
答案D
解析乌鸦将羽毛涂成了和鸽子羽毛一样的颜色,那么鸽子会“认为”乌鸦是同类。
30A.welcomed
B.discovered
C.noticed
D.attacked
答案A
解析由第四段中的“The
crow
was
so
hungry
that
he
got
very
excited
at
the
food.”可以看出它被鸽子群接受了,故选A项。
31A.Strangely
B.Finally
C.Suddenly
D.Interestingly
答案C
解析句意:“突然”,鸽子们发现它是一只乌鸦。
32A.wait B.stop
C.cry
D.leave
答案D
解析句意:它们追赶乌鸦,让它“离开”。
33A.go
away
B.give
up
C.set
off
D.hurry
up
答案A
解析句意:当它的同类看到它的时候也让他“离开”。go
away和上文的leave同义。
34A.miss
B.like
C.know
D.forget
答案C
解析由第五段中的“because
of
his
grey-painted
feathers”可知由于它的羽毛颜色没有恢复成原来的样子因而没被它的朋友认出来。故选C项。
35A.colder
B.worse
C.busier
D.stronger
答案B
解析句意:乌鸦感觉比以前还要“糟糕”。
36A.brothers
B.friends
C.parents
D.sisters
答案B
解析根据上文的“But
when
his
old
friends,the
other
crows,saw
him”可知此空选B项。
37A.though
B.but
C.as
D.and
答案D
解析它的老朋友不要它,它也无法回到鸽子群里了,这应该是并列关系。故选D项。
第二节(共10小题;每小题1.5分,满分15分)
阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
(导学号57140051)
Once
there
lived
a
rich
man
38
wanted
to
do
something
for
the
people
of
his
town.But
first
he
wanted
39 (find)
out
whether
they
deserved
his
help.
In
the
centre
of
the
main
road
into
the
town,he
placed
40
very
large
stone.Then
he
41 (hide)behind
a
tree
and
waited.Soon
an
old
man
came
along
with
his
cow.
“Who
put
this
stone
in
the
centre
of
the
road ”
said
the
old
man,but
he
did
not
try
to
remove
the
stone.Instead,with
some
42 (difficult)
he
passed
around
the
stone
and
continued
on
his
way.Another
man
came
along
and
did
the
same
thing;then
another
came,and
another.All
of
them
complained
about
the
stone
but
not
tried
to
remove
43 .Late
in
the
afternoon
a
young
man
came
along.He
saw
the
stone, 44 (say)to
himself,“The
night
45 (be)very
dark.Some
neighbours
will
come
along
later
in
the
dark
and
will
fall
against
the
stone.”
Then
he
began
to
move
the
stone.He
pushed
and
pulled
with
all
his
46 (strong)to
move
it.How
great
was
his
surprise
at
last! 47
the
stone,he
found
a
bag
of
money.
38 39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
答案38.who 39.to
find 40.a 41.hid 42.difficulty 43.it 44.saying 45.will
be 46.strength 47.Under
三、短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:在错的词下画一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.只允许修改10处,多者(从第11处起)不计分。
(导学号57140052)
It
is
real
a
good
chance
to
have
all
of
you
here.We
have
spent
several
precious
weekend
in
learning
in
the
English
Club.Because
we
have
been
members
for
a
short
period
of
time,we
have
made
great
progresses.That
is
because
we
are
all
very
much
active
and
the
activities
are
not
only
enjoyable
and
also
helpful.Besides,the
foreign
teachers
here
work
hard
and
try
his
best
to
make
the
activities
lively
and
interesting.I
was
very
pleased
to
say
that
all
of
us
greatly
improved
our
spoken
English
so
far.I
am
looking
forward
to
see
all
of
you
again
in
the
near
future.
答案第一句:real→really
第二句:weekend→weekends
第三句:Because→Though/Although;progresses→progress
第四句:去掉much;第二个and→but
第五句:his→their
第六句:was→am;us后加have
第七句:see→seeing
四、书面表达(满分25分)
假设你是李华,曾在北京奥运会上担任过志愿者。你的笔友Jackson想当下一届奥运会的志愿者,但他不知道作为一名志愿者需要什么条件以及要做些什么。请你根据以下要点给Jackson回信。
1.志愿者必须热情,具有奉献精神。
2.为来自世界各地的运动员及官员当向导。
3.提供信息、翻译、急救以及运动场地的其他服务。
4.帮助运动员们提东西。
参考词汇:热情的enthusiastic;运动场地competition
venues
注意:1.词数100左右(信的开头和结尾已写好,不计入总词数)。
2.可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。
Dear
Jackson,
It’s
nice
to
hear
from
you.
Yours,
Li
Hua
参考范文
Dear
Jackson,
It’s
nice
to
hear
from
you.I’m
glad
to
hear
that
you’d
like
to
be
a
volunteer
of
the
next
Olympic
Games.As
a
volunteer,you
must
be
enthusiastic
and
devoted.
First,you
should
act
as
a
guide
for
the
officials
and
athletes
from
all
over
the
world.What’s
more,you
should
also
provide
information,translation,first
aid
and
other
services
around
the
competition
venues
in
the
city.If
necessary,you
may
help
the
athletes
to
carry
luggage.The
job
is
simple
but
tiring.However,it
is
very
important
and
meaningful.
Best
wishes.
Yours,
Li
Hua Section
Ⅱ
—
Learning
about
Language
一、用所给动词的适当形式填空
1Many
new
houses
(build)in
the
past
few
years.
答案have
been
built
2So
far
no
letter
(receive)
from
my
friends.
答案has
been
received
3The
room
already
(clean),hasn’t
it
答案has;been
cleaned
4Such
a
thing
never
been
(hear)
of
before.
答案has;heard
5By
the
time
you
get
to
San
Francisco
tomorrow,I
(leave)
for
Southeast
Asia.
答案will
have
left6—We
want
to
sit
at
the
table
near
the
window.
—I’m
sorry,but
it
(take)
already.
答案has
been
taken
7—
the
letter
(send)
to
Mr
Black
—No.It’s
still
on
the
desk.
答案Has;been
sent
8—How
long
you
(employ)at
this
job
—Since
1990.
答案have;been
employed
9By
the
time
they
came
back
to
the
United
States,Tom’s
dream
(come)
true.
答案had
come
10All
the
work
(finish)
so
far.
答案has
been
finished
二、单句改错
1The
reason
for
all
the
changes
being
made
haven’t
been
explained
to
us
yet.
答案haven’t→hasn’t
2Great
changes
have
been
taken
place
in
my
hometown.
答案去掉been
3My
brother
and
I
have
invited
to
her
birthday
party.
答案have后加been
4When
the
boy
came
to
himself,he
found
he
has
been
operated
on.
答案has→had
5Something
bad
has
been
happened
to
him.
答案去掉been
6I’m
glad
to
have
introduced
to
Mr
Smith.
答案have后加been
三、将下列句子改为被动语态
1He
has
repaired
the
machine
for
two
hours.
答案The
machine
has
been
repaired
by
him
for
two
hours.
2The
teacher
has
borrowed
the
books.
答案The
books
have
been
borrowed
by
the
teacher.
3They
have
asked
him
some
questions.
答案He
has
been
asked
some
questions
by
them.
4He
has
eaten
the
cake.
答案The
cake
has
been
eaten
by
him.
5Someone
has
set
fire
to
the
house.
答案The
house
has
been
set
fire
to
by
someone.
★四、完形填空
(导学号57140017)
Kids
are
going
all
over
the
world
without
even
leaving
their
school.They
are
using
their
computers.A
school
in
1
could
be
the
most
wired
school
in
America.They
are
wired
to
the
Internet
2
their
computers.
Thirty
students
are
able
to
3
the
Internet
every
day.The
kids
are
4
the
grades
of
kindergarten
and
fifth
grade.The
teacher
says
that
it
is
hard
to
get
them
5
from
the
computers.They
do
not
6
want
to
have
a
rest.
The
Internet
has
7
the
world
to
many
people.Now
students
can
go
to
any
library
8
earth.They
can
get
9 ,and
they
can
visit
a
child
in
another
country.
Laura
Bacon
likes
to
10
other
students.She’s
going
to
Peggy’s
page.Peggy
is
a
student
in
London,England.She
put
her
own
home
page
on
the
Internet.It
11
pictures
of
Peggy,her
school,her
mom,her
dad
and
her
friends.Laura
can
12
her
mails,too.
A
scientist
helped
to
13
the
schools.He
said,“There
is
a
plan
to
14
twelve
thousand
California
schools
to
the
Internet.”
Wiring
schools
in
California
will
15
a
lot
of
money.It
needs
the
16
of
the
volunteers
or
schools
will
not
be
able
to
17 it.They
think
that
it
will
cost
18
fifty
billion
dollars.
Some
people
say
that
the
money
should
be
spent
on
teachers
19
computers.Other
people
say
that
it
would
be
20 the
money
to
connect
all
of
the
classrooms.
1A.London B.California C.Paris
D.Tokyo
答案B
解析根据后半句“the
most
wired
school
in
America”可知,要选属于美国的城市,只有B项属于美国。
2A.at
B.by
C.through
D.in
答案C
解析由句意和介词搭配可知此处选through。
3A.play
B.look
C.call
D.use
答案D
解析look为不及物动词,其后不加宾语;call
sb
“打电话给某人”,都不符合句意,只有D项正确。
4A.during
B.among
C.between
D.over
答案C
解析根据后半句“the
grades
of
kindergarten
and
fifth
grade”可知,要选between与and搭配。
5A.away
B.off
C.down
D.out
答案A
解析get
away
from
“远离”。
6A.ever
B.even
C.never
D.hardly
答案B
解析ever
“曾经”;even
“甚至”;never
“从不”;hardly
“几乎不”,根据句意应选B项。
7A.got
B.gave
C.left
D.opened
答案D
解析通过后文“Now
students
can
go
to
any
library
...”可以看出
“因特网向许多人开放了世界,从而才能使学生去任何一个图书馆”。
8A.on
B.in
C.below
D.over
答案A
解析on
earth为固定用法,“在世界上”,符合原文意思。
9A.information
B.message
C.note
D.friend
答案A
解析这一段主要说因特网的作用。句意:他们可以获得信息,也可以访问另一个国家的孩子。根据句意应选A项。
10A.drop
B.surf
C.visit
D.call
答案C
解析surf
“网上冲浪”;call
“打电话”;drop
“掉下来”,visit
“访问,拜访”。根据后文可知,应用visit。
11A.includes
B.bans
C.covers
D.concludes
答案A
解析根据语境“She
put
her
own
home
page
on
the
Internet.”可知,应选A项。
12A.receive
B.send
C.want
D.deliver
答案B
解析send与mails搭配,意为“发送邮件”。
13A.visit
B.build
C.wire
D.reform
答案C
解析根据下文语境“Wiring
schools
in
California
will
15
a
lot
of
money.”可知,应选C项。
14A.take
B.bring
C.tie
D.connect
答案D
解析take
...to
...
“把……带去”;bring
...to
...“把……带来”;tie
...to
...“把……系到……上”;connect
...to
...“把……连接到……上”。
15A.spend
B.cost
C.take
D.worth
答案B
解析表示花费,当物作主语时,用cost。
16A.effort
B.effect
C.affection
D.affect
答案A
解析effort
“努力”;effect
“影响”;affection
“喜爱”;affect是动词,不合题意。根据句意应选A项。
17A.offer
B.cover
C.afford
D.give
答案C
解析afford
“付得起”,根据句意应选C项。
18A.as
far
as
B.as
long
as
C.as
many
as
D.as
much
as
答案D
解析as
far
as
“远至,就……而言”;as
long
as
“只要,如果”;as
many
as修饰可数名词;as
much
as修饰不可数名词,强调数量。因为钱(money)为不可数名词,需用as
much
as修饰,意为“多达”。
19A.instead
of
B.in
place
of
C.because
of
D.in
exchange
for
答案A
解析句意:一些人说,钱应花在老师身上而不是花在电脑上。instead
of
“而不是”,根据句意应选A项。
20A.worth
of
B.worth
C.worthless
D.priceless
答案B
解析worth为形容词,意为“值得,价值为”。A项结构不对;C、D两项放在此处语意不通。
★五、语篇填空
(导学号57140018)
No
body
language
can
be
more
attractive
than
smiling.Not
only
can
a
beautiful
smile
make
1 (we)
happy,but
it
also
enables
others
to
feel
2 (delight). 3
a
smile
is
so
powerful
that
it
gives
people
4 (suffer)
from
disasters
great
courage.
A
little
boy
5 (name)
Lang
Zheng,for
instance,impressed
and
encouraged
a
great
many
people
when
6
serious
earthquake
happened
in
Wenchuan.Right
after
he
7
(rescue)
by
the
soldiers
from
the
ruins,he
saluted(敬礼)
and
smiled
to
them.His
smile
was
like
sunshine
which
warmed
people
who
were
in
8 (sad).
It
is
no
exaggeration
(夸张)
to
say
that
without
smile
our
life
9 (be)
colourless
and
difficult.It
is
suggested
that
we
10
(smile)
as
much
as
possible.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.ourselves/us 2.delighted 3.Sometimes 4.suffering
5.named 6.a 7.was
rescued 8.sadness 9.would
be 10.(should)
smile
★六、短文改错
(导学号57140019)
Your
problem
is
common
one
among
middle
school
students.Maybe
the
following
advices
can
help
you.First
in
all,believe
in
yourself.Your
greatest
problem
is
that
you
lack
self-confidence.The
first
thing
you
must
do
it
is
to
smile
at
your
classmates.One
smile
speaks
loud
about
your
wish
to
make
friends
than
any
words.Your
smile
will
show
that
you
are
friendly
to
him.Next,trying
talking
with
a
student
who
is
as
shy
as
you
or
who
share
the
same
interest
with
you.You
can
discuss
your
studies
with
a
classmate
and
you
can
also
talk
about
your
hobbies.Unless
anyone
is
in
trouble,you
should
be
ready
to
help
him
or
her.Once
you
have
confidence,you
can
make
as
many
friends
as
possibly.
答案第一句:is后加a
第二句:advices→advice
第三句:第一个in→of
第五句:去掉it
第六句:loud→louder
第七句:him→them
第八句:trying→try;share→shares
第十句:Unless→If
第十一句:possibly→possibleSection
Ⅲ
—
Using
Language,Summing
Up
&
Learning
Tip
一、选词填空
bargain marry that deserve one
after
another
1—He
was
given
a
free
five-day
trip
to
Hainan.
—He
it
since
he
has
worked
so
hard.
答案deserves
2—Your
dress
is
quite
beautiful
on
you.
—Thank
you.I
got
it
when
it
was
on
sale.It
was
really
a
.
答案bargain
3The
two
boys
look
so
much
alike
no
one
can
tell
them
apart.
答案that
4The
soldier
jumped
into
the
water
and
saved
the
children
.
答案one
after
another
5The
girl
was
made
to
a
man
she
didn’t
like
at
all.
答案marry
二、单句改错
1The
wind
was
such
strong
that
we
could
hardly
open
our
eyes.
答案such→so
2The
man
and
the
woman
have
got
married
for
two
years.
答案got→been
3Only
in
this
way
can
we
win
the
matches
one
after
other.
答案other→another
4They
sold
their
house
for
only
12,000
dollars,so
the
buyer
got
wonderful
bargain.
答案got后加a
三、完成句子
1他们三人一个个相继入睡。
They
three
fell
asleep
.
答案one
after
another
2你已经工作了一上午了,该休息一下了。
You
have
been
working
all
the
morning.You
.
答案deserve
a
rest
3这件夹克衫价格这么低,真便宜。
This
jacket
was
at
that
low
price.
答案a
real
bargain
4她太小了,还不能照顾自己。
She
is
she
can’t
look
after
herself.
答案so
young
that
5在一些商店中你必须要讨价还价。
In
some
shops
you
.
答案have
to
bargain
★四、阅读理解
A
Children
have
their
own
rules
in
playing
games.They
seldom
need
a
referee(裁判)
and
seldom
trouble
to
keep
scores.They
don’t
care
much
about
who
wins
or
loses,and
it
doesn’t
seem
to
worry
them
if
the
game
is
not
finished.Yet,they
like
games
that
depend
a
lot
on
luck,so
that
their
personal
abilities
cannot
be
directly
compared.They
also
enjoy
games
that
move
in
stages,in
which
each
stage,the
choosing
of
leaders,the
picking-up
of
sides,or
the
determining
of
which
side
shall
start,is
almost
a
game
in
itself.
Grown-ups
can
hardly
find
children’s
games
exciting,and
they
often
feel
puzzled
at
why
their
kids
play
such
simple
games
again
and
again.However,it
is
found
that
a
child
plays
games
for
very
important
reasons.He
can
be
a
good
player
without
having
to
think
whether
he
is
a
popular
person,and
he
can
find
himself
being
a
useful
partner
to
someone
of
whom
he
is
ordinarily
afraid.He
becomes
a
leader
when
it
comes
to
his
turn.He
can
be
confident,too,in
particular
games,that
it
is
his
place
to
give
orders,to
pretend
to
be
dead,to
throw
a
ball
actually
at
someone,or
to
kiss
someone
he
has
caught.
It
appears
to
us
that
when
children
play
a
game
they
imagine
a
situation
under
their
control.Everyone
knows
the
rules,and
more
importantly,everyone
plays
according
to
the
rules.Those
rules
may
be
childish,but
they
make
sure
that
every
child
has
a
chance
to
win.
1What
is
TRUE
about
children
when
they
play
games
A.They
can
stop
playing
any
time
they
like.
B.They
can
test
their
personal
abilities.
C.They
want
to
pick
a
better
team.
D.They
don’t
need
rules.
答案A
解析由第一段中的“They
don’t
care
much
about
who
wins
or
loses,and
it
doesn’t
seem
to
worry
them
if
the
game
is
not
finished.”可知,孩子们对游戏的结果以及是否结束并不在意,说明孩子们玩的游戏随时都可中止。
2To
become
a
leader
in
a
game
the
child
has
to
.
A.play
well
B.wait
for
his
turn
C.be
confident
in
himself
D.be
popular
among
his
playmates
答案B
解析由第二段中的“He
becomes
a
leader
when
it
comes
to
his
turn.”可推知孩子们在做游戏时轮流当领导者。
3What
do
we
know
about
grown-ups
A.They
are
not
interested
in
games.
B.They
find
children’s
games
too
easy.
C.They
don’t
need
a
reason
to
play
games.
D.They
don’t
understand
children’s
games.
答案B
解析由第二段开头可知答案。
4Why
does
a
child
like
playing
games
A.Because
he
can
be
someone
other
than
himself.
B.Because
he
can
become
popular
among
friends.
C.Because
he
finds
he
is
always
lucky
in
games.
D.Because
he
likes
the
place
where
he
plays
a
game.
答案A
解析由第二段可知孩子们喜欢做游戏的原因是:在游戏中,他可以变成另外一个人。
5When
the
children
play
games, .
A.they
need
a
referee
otherwise
they
will
have
troubles
in
keeping
scores
B.they
feel
worried
before
the
game
is
finished
C.they
can
be
confident,especially
in
some
particular
games
that
it
is
his
place
to
give
orders
D.they
like
to
compare
their
personal
abilities
with
others
directly
答案C
解析由文章最后一段可知,孩子在游戏中可以学会按规则去做事情,每个人都有获胜的机会,从而使他们树立起信心,对他们的未来是大有好处的。
B
The
Winter
Olympics
are
also
called
the
White
Olympics.At
this
time,many
colourful
stamps
are
published
to
mark
the
great
Games.The
first
stamps
marking
the
opening
came
out
on
January
25,1932
in
the
United
States
for
the
3rd
White
Olympics.From
then
on,publishing
stamps
during
the
White
Olympics
became
a
rule.
During
the
4th
Winter
Olympic
Games,a
group
of
stamps
were
published
in
Germany
in
November
1936.The
five
rings
of
Olympics
were
drawn
on
the
front
of
the
sportswear.It
was
the
first
time
that
the
rings
appeared
on
the
stamps
of
the
White
Olympics.
In
the
1950s,the
stamps
of
this
kind
became
more
colourful.When
the
White
Olympics
came,the
host
countries
as
well
as
the
non-host
countries
published
stamps
to
mark
those
Games.China
also
published
four
stamps
in
February
1980,when
the
Chinese
sportsmen
began
to
take
part
in
the
White
Olympics.
Japan
is
an
Asian
country
that
has
ever
held
the
White
Olympics.Altogether
14,500
million
stamps
were
sold
to
raise
money
for
this
sports
event.
Different
kinds
of
sports
were
drawn
on
these
small
stamps.People
can
enjoy
the
beauty
of
the
wonderful
movements
of
some
sportsmen.
6The
world
made
it
a
rule
to
publish
stamps
to
mark
the
great
world
Games
.
A.after
the
year
1936
B.after
the
3rd
White
Olympics
C.before
the
3rd
White
Olympics
D.before
the
year
1932
答案B
解析由第一段中的“The
first
stamps
marking
the
opening
came
out
on
January
25,1932
in
the
United
States
for
the
3rd
White
Olympics.From
then
on,publishing
stamps
during
the
White
Olympics
became
a
rule.”可知选B项。
7The
Winter
Olympics
are
held
once
.
A.every
two
years B.every
three
years
C.every
four
years
D.every
five
years
答案C
解析因为1932年第三届冬季奥运会举办,1936年第四届冬季奥运会举办,故应为每四年一次。所以选C项。
8Which
of
the
following
is
TRUE
A.Only
the
host
countries
can
publish
stamps
to
mark
those
Games.
B.Only
the
non-host
countries
can
publish
stamps
to
mark
those
Games.
C.All
the
countries
can
publish
stamps
to
mark
those
Games.
D.Non-host
countries
can’t
publish
stamps
to
mark
those
Games.
答案C
解析根据第三段中的“the
host
countries
as
well
as
the
non-host
countries
published
stamps
to
mark
those
Games”可知C项正确。
9What
may
appear
on
the
stamps
of
the
Winter
Olympics
A.Basketball.
B.Table
tennis.
C.Football.
D.Skating.
答案D
解析通读全文可知只有滑冰才是在冬季奥运会中举行的。
★五、七选五阅读理解
(导学号57140013)
It
is
a
great
honour
to
be
asked
for
advice,but
it
is
also
a
big
responsibility.Good
advice
can
help
people
make
proper
decisions
or
find
the
right
path
in
life.1.
Fortunately,with
the
following
tips
you
will
know
how
to
give
people
good
advice.
Listen
to
the
person
asking
you
for
advice.Every
situation
is
different,so
never
think
you
know
all
you
need
to
know
about
a
problem.Listen
carefully
to
the
person
who
wants
advice,and
learn
as
much
as
possible
about
this
situation.2.
Being
an
active
listener
will
not
only
help
you
to
give
good
advice,it
will
also
increase
the
chances
that
the
person
will
take
your
advice.
Put
yourself
in
the
advisee’s
shoes.3.
If
you’ve
been
in
a
similar
situation,think
about
what
you
learned,but
don’t
depend
on
your
experiences
to
give
advice.Try
to
imagine
that
you
are
giving
yourself
advice
for
the
unique
circumstance
that
the
other
person
is
facing.
4.
While
you’re
at
it,think
about
the
results
of
not
taking
your
advice.If
there’s
no
significant
difference
between
the
two
results,your
advice
might
not
be
useful.If
your
suggestions
lead
to
a
worse
result,probably
your
advice
is
bad.So
think
long
and
hard
about
all
the
possible
courses
of
action
and
consider
the
benefits
and
costs
of
each.This
is
especially
important
for
more
complex
problems.
Understand
that
the
person
may
not
take
your
advice.Though
someone
asks
for
your
advice,they
are
not
obligated
to
take
it.5.
Live
with
it,and
let
the
person
live
with
his
or
her
decision.
A.If
you
need
further
information,ask
questions.
B.Think
about
the
results
of
taking
your
advice.
C.Try
to
imagine
yourself
in
the
other
person’s
situation.
D.However,bad
advice
can
have
unfortunate
results.
E.So
don’t
be
surprised
if
your
good
advice
is
not
taken.
F.Don’t
give
advice
that
you
yourself
would
not
follow.
G.If
you
do
as
you
say,people
will
be
more
likely
to
respect
your
advice.
答案1~5
DACBE
★六、语篇填空
(导学号57140014)
Once,a
king
showed
two
men
a
large
basket
in
the
garden.He
told
them
to
fill
it
1
water
from
a
well.After
they
began
their
work,he
left
them, 2 (say),“When
the
sun
is
down,I
will
come
and
see
your
work.”
At
last
one
of
them
said,“What’s
the
use
of
doing
this
3 (fool)work We
can
never
fill
the
basket.”
The
4
man
answered,“That
is
none
of
your
business.”
The
first
man
said,“You
may
do
as
you
like, 5
I
am
not
going
to
work
at
something
so
foolish.”
He
picked
up
his
bucket
and
went
away.The
other
man
said
no
word,and
kept
on
6 (carry)water.At
last
the
well
was
almost
empty.
As
he
poured
the
last
bucket
of
water
into
the
basket,he
saw
a
bright
thing
in
it.He
picked
it
up.It
was
a
beautiful
gold
ring.Just
then
the
king
7 (come).As
soon
as
he
saw
the
ring,he
knew
that
he
8 (find)the
kind
of
man
he
wanted.He
told
him
to
keep
the
ring
for
9 (him).“You
have
done
so
well
in
this
little
thing,”
he
said,“ 10
now
I
know
I
can
believe
you
with
many
things.”
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.with 2.saying 3.foolish 4.other 5.but
6.carrying 7.came 8.had
found 9.himself 10.that第四单元检测
(时间:90分钟 满分:120分)
一、阅读理解(共两节,满分40分)
第一节(共12小题;每小题2.5分,满分30分)
阅读下面短文,从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。
A
Do
you
want
to
get
home
from
work
knowing
you
have
made
a
real
difference
in
someone’s
life
If
yes,don’t
care
about
sex
or
age!Come
and
join
us,then
you’ll
make
it!
Position:Volunteer
Social
Care
Assistant
(No
Pay
with
Free
Meals)
Place:Manchester
Hours:Part
Time
We
are
now
looking
for
volunteers
to
support
people
with
learning
disabilities
to
live
active
lives!Only
4
days
left.Don’t
miss
the
chance
of
lending
your
warm
hands
to
help
others!
Role:
You
will
provide
people
with
learning
disabilities
with
all
aspects
of
their
daily
lives.You
will
help
them
to
develop
new
skills.You
will
help
them
to
protect
their
rights
and
their
safety.But
your
primary
concern
is
to
let
them
know
they
are
valued.
Skills
and
Experience
Required:
You
will
have
the
right
values
and
great
listening
skills.You
will
be
honest
and
patient.You
will
have
the
ability
to
drive
a
car
and
to
communicate
in
fluent
written
and
spoken
English
since
you’ll
have
to
help
those
people
with
different
learning
disabilities.Previous
care-related
experience
will
be
a
great
advantage
for
you.
1The
text
is
meant
to
.
A.leave
a
note B.send
an
invitation
C.present
a
document
D.carry
an
advertisement
答案D
解析推理判断题。根据文章中出现的工作岗位、工作地点、工作时间及要求的技能及经验可判断,这是一则招聘广告。
2What
does
the
underlined
part
mean
A.You’ll
make
others’
lives
more
meaningful
with
this
job.
B.You’ll
arrive
home
just
in
time
from
this
job.
C.You’ll
earn
a
good
salary
from
this
job.
D.You’ll
succeed
in
getting
this
job.
答案A
解析句意理解题。根据第一段的内容可知,画线部分想要表达的是你可以通过这项工作让别人的生活更加有意义。
3The
volunteers’
primary
responsibility
is
to
help
people
with
learning
disabilities
.
A.to
get
some
financial
support
B.to
properly
protect
themselves
C.to
learn
some
new
living
skills
D.to
realize
their
own
importance
答案D
解析细节理解题。根据倒数第二段最后一句“But
your
primary
concern
is
to
let
them
know
they
are
valued.”可知,志愿者们首要的职责是帮助残疾人意识到自身的重要性。
4Which
of
the
following
can
first
be
chosen
as
a
volunteer
A.The
one
who
can
drive
a
car.
B.The
one
who
has
done
similar
work
before.
C.The
one
who
has
patience
to
listen
to
others.
D.The
one
who
can
use
English
to
communicate.
答案B
解析推理判断题。根据文章最后一句“Previous
care-related
experience
will
be
a
great
advantage
for
you.”可知,之前有过类似工作经历的人会被优先录用。
B
(导学号57140059)
In
1943,when
I
was
4,my
parents
moved
from
Coeur
d’Alene,Idaho,to
Fairbanks,Alaska,where
adventure
was
never
very
far
away.
We
arrived
in
the
summer,just
in
time
to
enjoy
the
midnight
sun.All
that
sunlight
was
fantastic
for
Mom’s
vegetable
garden.Working
in
the
garden
at
midnight
tended
to
throw
her
timing
off,so
she
didn’t
care
much
about
my
bedtime.
Dad
was
a
Railway
Express
agent
and
Mom
was
his
clerk.That
left
me
in
a
mess.I
usually
managed
to
find
some
trouble
to
get
into.Once
I
had
a
little
fire
going
in
the
dirt
basement
of
a
hotel.I
had
tried
to
light
a
barrel(桶)
of
paint
but
couldn’t
really
get
a
good
fire
going.The
smoke
got
pretty
bad,though,and
when
I
made
my
exit,a
crowd
and
the
police
were
there
to
greet
me.The
policemen
took
my
matches
and
drove
me
home.
Mom
and
Dad
were
occupied
in
the
garden
and
Dad
told
the
police
to
keep
me,and
they
did!I
had
a
tour
of
the
prison
before
Mom
rescued
me.I
hadn’t
turned
5
yet.
As
I
entered
kindergarten,the
serious
cold
began
to
set
in.Would
it
surprise
you
to
know
that
I
soon
left
part
of
my
tongue
on
a
metal
handrail
at
school
As
for
Leonhard
Seppala,famous
as
a
dog
sledder(驾雪橇者),I
think
I
knew
him
well
because
I
was
taken
for
a
ride
with
his
white
dog
team
one
Sunday.At
the
time
I
didn’t
realize
what
a
superstar
he
was,but
I
do
remember
the
ride
well.I
was
wrapped(包裹)
heavily
and
well
sheltered
from
the
freezing
and
blowing
weather.
In
1950,we
moved
back
to
Coeur
d’Alene,but
we
got
one
more
Alaskan
adventure
when
Leonhard
invited
us
eight
years
later
by
paying
a
visit
to
Idaho
to
attend
a
gathering
of
former
neighbours
of
Alaska.
5What
can
be
inferred
about
the
author’s
family
A.His
father
was
a
cruel
man.
B.His
parents
didn’t
love
him.
C.His
parents
used
to
be
very
busy.
D.His
mother
didn’t
have
any
jobs.
答案C
解析推理判断题。根据第二段最后一句、第三段的前两句和第四段第一句可推断出,作者小时候,父母总是很忙,根本没有时间照顾他。
6What
happened
when
the
author
was
4
A.He
learned
to
smoke.
B.He
was
locked
in
a
basement.
C.He
was
arrested
by
the
police.
D.He
nearly
caused
a
fire
accident.
答案D
解析细节理解题。根据第三段内容可知,喜欢惹是生非的作者有一天差点引发一场火灾。
7Which
of
the
following
is
true
A.Leonhard
was
good
at
driving
dog
sleds.
B.The
author
spent
his
whole
childhood
in
Alaska.
C.Leonhard
often
visited
the
author’s
family
after
1950.
D.The
author
suffered
a
lot
while
taking
the
dog
sled
in
Alaska.
答案A
解析细节理解题。根据倒数第二段第一句中的定语“famous
as
a
dog
sledder”可知,莱昂纳德擅长驾驶狗拉的雪橇。
8What
is
the
author’s
purpose
of
writing
the
text
A.To
look
back
on
his
childhood
with
adventures.
B.To
describe
the
extreme
weather
of
Alaska.
C.To
express
how
much
he
misses
Leonhard.
D.To
show
off
his
pride
in
making
trouble.
答案A
解析主旨大意题。作者通过写这篇文章主要回忆了自己小时候在阿拉斯加州居住时那些充满冒险和奇遇的童年故事。
C
(导学号57140060)
Mike
Myers
is
a
teacher
at
Chauncey
Rose
High
School
in
Terre
Haute,Indiana.Last
year,he
taught
his
students
about
the
world’s
rainforests.They
learned
that
rainforests
are
important
because
the
plants
and
animals
of
the
rainforest
give
us
food,wood
and
medicine.
Destruction
of
the
world’s
rainforests
is
a
serious
problem.Unluckily,rainforests
are
disappearing
at
a
rate
of
80
acres
per
minute!As
part
of
a
class
project,Myers’
students
bought
three
acres
of
rainforest
in
Central
America.They
paid
$25
per
acre.The
students
hope
that
the
land
they
bought
will
be
protected
and
not
destroyed.The
students
became
so
interested
in
rainforests
that
they
decided
to
get
a
closer
look
at
a
real
rainforest.
So
last
June,Myers
and
four
of
his
students
took
a
boat
ride
down
a
river.They
saw
alligators
and
crocodiles.In
the
middle
of
the
week,a
guide
took
Myers
and
his
students
into
the
rainforest.“The
monkeys
were
not
happy
that
we
were
in
their
forest.They
broke
small
branches
off
the
trees
and
threw
them
at
us,”
one
of
the
students
said.“It
was
a
great
learning
experience
for
all
of
us,”
said
Myers.
Each
student
chose
something
specific
about
Costa
Rica
to
study
involving
the
plants,animals,food
and
culture.During
the
last
few
days
the
group
had
time
to
do
fun
activities.They
went
white-water
rafting
and
horseback
riding,and
visited
Costa
Rica’s
active
volcano.
Myers
hopes
to
make
the
trip
every
year
with
a
different
group
of
kids.
9How
much
did
Myers’
students
pay
for
the
rainforest
they
bought
A.$25.
B.$75.
C.$80.
D.$2,000.
答案B
解析根据第二段中的“As
part
of
a
class
project,Myers’
students
bought
three
acres
of
rainforest
in
Central
America.They
paid
$25
per
acre.”可知他们买了三英亩,单价是25美元,因此选B项。
10What
did
Myers
and
his
students
do
at
the
beginning
of
the
trip
A.They
went
into
the
rainforest.
B.They
bought
acres
of
rainforest.
C.They
took
a
boat
ride
down
a
river.
D.They
visited
Costa
Rica’s
active
volcano.
答案C
解析根据第三段中的“So
last
June,Myers
and
four
of
his
students
took
a
boat
ride
down
a
river.”可知选C项。
11The
word
“Destruction”
in
Paragraph
2
probably
means
“the
process
of
being
”.
A.destroyed
B.developed
C.described
D.discovered
答案A
解析由本句句意“世界上热带雨林的破坏是一个严重的问题。”可知选A项。
12The
passage
mainly
shows
that
Myers
and
his
students
.
A.did
something
to
protect
the
rainforest
B.wanted
to
buy
the
rainforest
in
Costa
Rica
C.were
interested
in
the
culture
of
Costa
Rica
D.went
to
the
rainforest
for
various
fun
activities
答案A
解析本文主要讲述了迈尔斯和他的学生为保护热带雨林而做出了一系列行动。因此选A项。
第二节(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
(导学号57140061)
Years
ago,if
a
teenager
had
some
problems
in
his
or
her
life,he
or
she
might
write
them
in
his
or
her
diary.Now
a
teenager
with
the
same
problems
might
write
about
them
in
a
blog.In
many
ways,a
diary
and
a
blog
are
almost
the
same.So,what
makes
a
blog
different
from
a
diary
13
Usually,a
teenager
treats
his
or
her
diary
like
a
book
full
of
secrets.Both
diaries
and
blogs
tell
what
happened
to
the
writer
that
day.
I
have
a
little
sister,and
sometimes
I
go
online
to
read
her
blog.She
writes
about
things
like
waking
up
early
for
swimming
practice
and
not
studying
enough
for
her
chemistry
exam. 14
Then,after
I
finished
writing,I
would
hide
my
diary
in
a
secret
place
because
I
was
worried
that
my
sister
might
read
it!
As
a
blog
is
such
a
public
way
of
writing,it
has
both
good
and
bad
points. 15
If
I
am
angry
with
a
friend
during
school
and
write
something
bad
about
her
in
my
diary,she
will
never
know.However,if
my
sister
writes
something
bad
about
a
friend,that
friend
may
read
her
blog
and
get
angry. 16
A
blog
has
good
points,of
course. 17
People
choose
to
write
in
blogs
because
they
know
that
their
friends
will
read
what
they
write.If
I
am
feeling
sad
one
day
and
write
in
my
diary,“Nobody
cares
about
me,”
no
one
will
know
about
it.However,if
my
sister
writes
the
same
words
in
her
blog,her
best
friends
will
quickly
reply
and
tell
her
how
much
they
like
her.
If
people
are
careful
about
what
they
write,writing
blogs
is
a
very
good
way
to
share
with
others
about
everyday
life.However,I
still
prefer
my
old
diary!
A.Everyone
intends
to
keep
his
own
secret.
B.So
we
have
to
be
very
careful
of
what
we
write.
C.The
biggest
difference
is
that
a
blog
is
much
more
public
than
a
diary.
D.The
biggest
problem
with
a
blog
is
that
anyone
can
read
what
you
write.
E.When
I
was
her
age,I
wrote
about
the
same
things,but
only
in
my
diary.
F.When
we
write
a
diary,we
usually
write
down
what
we
have
done
or
how
we
think
of
others.
G.Blogs
help
people
stay
in
contact
with
their
friends
and
hear
what
the
people
around
them
are
doing.
答案13~17
CEDBG
二、英语知识运用(共两节,满分45分)
第一节:完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
(导学号57140062)
The
first
day
at
school
has
left
a
deep
18
on
me.I’ll
never
forget
it.
As
soon
as
I
rushed
into
the
classroom,the
bell
rang.A
young
beautiful
woman
came
in,but
she
was
19 ,no
smile
on
her
face.“You
are
not
permitted
to
20
me
in
the
course
of
class
unless...”
She
was
speaking
when
I
heard
a
21
“Lily,Lily”
from
outside
the
door.My
grandmother
was
standing
there
with
a
pair
of
socks
in
her
hand.I
didn’t
realize
I
was
bare
feet
22
then.I
wanted
to
23
them
but
I
dared
not
do
that.I
shook
my
hand, 24
“Don’t
wait
here
any
longer.Leave
quickly.”
As
I
did
so,I
still
25
my
eyes
on
my
teacher.I
really
didn’t
want
her
to
take
26
of
me,but
she
did.She
went
out
to
get
the
socks.When
she
gave
them
to
me,she
looked
at
me
for
a
while.My
face
suddenly
turned
27
and
my
heart
28
faster.I
began
to
put
the
socks
on.Unfortunately
I
was
so
nervous
that
my
29
hands
couldn’t
get
them
onto
my
feet
easily.Just
then
I
heard
my
name
called.I
30
from
my
seat
quickly.“Can
you
31
the
numbers
from
one
to
one
hundred ”
the
teacher
asked.I
nodded. 32
her
surprise,I
did
very
well.Finally
she
said,“Be
33 ,please.Study
hard.”
I
looked
34
at
her
to
find
a
smile
on
her
face.I
felt
35
at
last.
The
first
day
at
school
has
stayed
in
my
36
as
something
embarrassing
but
37 .
18A.memory
B.impression
C.imagination
D.feeling
答案B
解析句意:我在学校的第一天给我留下了深刻的印象。leave
a
deep
impression
on...“给……留下很深的印象”。
19A.modern
B.humorous
C.gentle
D.serious
答案D
解析从后面的“no
smile
on
her
face”可知老师非常“严肃”。
20A.trouble
B.question
C.interrupt
D.excuse
答案C
解析句意:上课的时候你不可以随便“打断”我。
21A.voice
B.sound
C.noise
D.word
答案A
解析指人的声音用voice。
22A.before
B.after
C.just
D.until
答案D
解析句意:“直到”那时我才意识到自己光着脚。not...until...是一个固定句型,意为“直到……才……”。
23A.get
B.throw
C.accept
D.wear
答案A
解析句意:我想去“取”袜子,但是我不敢。
24A.saying
B.meaning
C.crying
D.shouting
答案B
解析句意:我摇摇头,“意思是”是“不要在这儿等着,快点离开”。
25A.fixed
B.laid
C.opened
D.shut
答案A
解析句意:在我这样做的时候,我的眼睛一直盯着老师。fix
one’s
eyes
on
...“盯着……”。
26A.care
B.interest
C.attention
D.notice
答案D
解析句意:我不想让她“注意”到我,但是她还是注意到了。take
notice
of
“注意,留意”。
27A.pale
B.white
C.red
D.black
答案C
解析莉莉不想让老师发现自己,但事与愿违,莉莉觉得很不好意思,脸“红”了。
28A.beat
B.jumped
C.struck
D.felt
答案A
解析指心脏“跳动”应用beat。
29A.small
B.dirty
C.shaking
D.own
答案C
解析根据“I
was
so
nervous”判断莉莉非常紧张,shaking
和此意相呼应。
30A.rose
B.raised
C.stand
at
D.jumped
答案A
解析句意:我很快从座位上“站起来”。rise是不及物动词,意为
“站起来”。
31A.add
B.count
C.recognize
D.write
答案B
解析句意:你能从一“数到”一百吗
32A.With
B.For
C.To
D.Great
to
答案C
解析to
one’s
surprise是固定词组,意为“使某人吃惊的是”。
33A.careful
B.sitting
C.quiet
D.seated
答案D
解析be
seated是系表结构,意为“坐下”。
34A.up
B.over
C.around
D.through
答案A
解析句意:我“抬头”看老师,才发现老师脸上带着微笑。
35A.sorry
B.relaxed
C.disappointed
D.puzzled
答案B
解析看到老师微笑着,“我”感到“放松”了。
36A.body
B.classroom
C.memory
D.heart
答案C
解析句意:我在学校的第一天是尴尬而又“甜美的”,但是永远留在了我的“记忆”中。
37A.strange
B.sweet
C.bad
D.terrible
答案B
解析见上题解析。
第二节(共10小题;每小题1.5分,满分15分)
阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
(导学号57140063)
Alice
was
a
stubborn
girl
who
always
wanted
to
be
a
38 (sing).Music
was
the
39
important
thing
in
her
life.She
took
lessons
for
years
and
40 (practice)hard,but
in
spite
of
all
the
efforts
she
made,her
voice
didn’t
improve.In
fact,it
didn’t
get
better;it
just
got
41 (loud).
Her
teacher
42 (final)gave
up
and
stopped
the
lessons, 43
Alice
refused
to
give
in.One
day
she
decided
to
give
a
concert
and
invited
her
teacher
44 (attend).The
teacher
was
very
45 (worry)
about
what
to
say
after
the
concert.She
knew
it
would
be
terrible
and
it
was.She
didn’t
want
to
tell
a
lie,but
she
didn’t
want
to
hurt
Alice’s
feelings,either.Then
she
got
an
idea
and
went
backstage(后台)to
greet
her
pupil.
“Well,”
said
Alice,“What
do
you
think
of
46
singing ”
“My
dear,”
said
the
teacher,“you’ll
never
be
better
47
you
were
tonight.”
38 39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
答案38.singer 39.most 40.practiced 41.louder
42.finally 43.but 44.to
attend 45.worried 46.my 47.than
三、短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:在错的词下画一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.只允许修改10处,多者(从第11处起)不计分。
(导学号57140064)
Dear
Bob,
Learned
that
you
are
going
to
visit
me
during
the
holiday,I
am
so
happy
that
I
had
shared
the
good
news
with
my
parents.They
look
forward
to
see
you,too.My
hometown
was
located
in
a
mountainous
region.The
mountains
here
are
all
covered
up
with
trees
of
different
kinds
or
are
worth
touring.The
first
thing
we
may
do
after
you
arrive
are
go
to
the
woods,which
are
a
paradise
for
bird.After
that,we
can
go
fishing
in
a
river
nearby.Call
me
before
you
set
off
and
let
me
know
exact
when
you
will
get
here.I
will
meet
you
at
station.
Best
wishes.
Yours
truly,
Sam
答案第一句:Learned→Learning;had→have
第二句:see→seeing
第三句:was→is
第四句:去掉up;or→and
第五句:第一个are→is;bird→birds
第七句:exact→exactly
第八句:at后加the
四、书面表达(满分25分)
野生动物的数量正在迅速减少,请结合下表所提示的信息,给校英语报写一篇短文,倡导同学们关注野生动物保护。
原因
人为捕猎
生存环境遭到破坏
环境污染
措施
……(至少两条)
注意:1.词数100左右。
2.可以适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。
参考范文
As
is
known
to
all,the
number
of
wild
animals
is
decreasing
quickly
and
some
of
them
are
in
danger
of
dying
out.There
are
many
reasons
for
this.
Firstly,some
people
are
still
hunting
wild
animals.Secondly,the
habitat
of
wild
animals
is
being
destroyed.Lastly,serious
environmental
pollution
also
leads
to
wild
animals’
dying
out.
What
should
we
do
to
help
the
wild
animals On
the
one
hand,we
should
stop
hunting
wild
animals
and
destroying
their
habitat
at
once.On
the
other
hand,we
must
take
measures
to
stop
pollution.Only
by
working
together
can
we
protect
wild
animals
better.模块综合检测
(时间:90分钟 满分:120分)
一、阅读理解(共两节,满分40分)
第一节(共12小题;每小题2.5分,满分30分)
阅读下面短文,从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。
A
(导学号57140071)
“Good
afternoon!Remember
tomorrow
is
Crazy
Day,so
you
are
welcome
to
do
anything
crazy,”
boomed
a
voice
through
our
school
speakers.
“Crazy
Day What
does
that
mean ”
I
asked
my
ESL
teacher,Mrs
Ramsey.She
answered,“On
this
day,everyone
dresses
up
like
a
crazy
person.”
She
suggested
I
make
a
strange
hairstyle
or
wear
two
different
shoes.However,I
decided
that
I
would
wear
my
T-shirt
backwards.
The
next
day
as
I
walked
into
the
classroom,everybody
looked
so
funny:Mrs
Toalson
had
curled
her
hair
into
large
curls
and
my
classmate
Bradley
had
coloured
his
hair
white!I
thought
he
was
an
old
person
when
I
first
saw
him.
“Hi,Jim,you
look
weird!How
do
I
look ”
My
friend
Taylor
asked.She
was
wearing
an
old
hat
that
looked
like
it
came
from
the
17th
century
paired
with
a
cute
and
trendy
skirt.It
reminded
me
of
women
from
ancient
times
mixed
with
a
21st
century
woman
who
chewed
gum
during
school.
The
next
day,I
received
a
note
from
school
that
said
“Tomorrow
is
Pajama(睡衣)Day.”
“Should
I
wear
my
pajamas
to
school
tomorrow What
if
tomorrow
is
not
Pajama
Day What
if
the
note
is
just
a
joke ”
I
worried.“What
if
tomorrow
I
am
the
only
one
wearing
pajamas I
will
look
silly
and
strange!”
I
decided
to
be
safe
and
not
wear
my
pajamas.
As
I
walked
into
the
classroom
the
following
day,I
was
amazed
how
my
classmates
were
dressed!They
were
all
wearing
pajamas!Some
of
them
even
brought
their
dolls
and
Barbies
with
them!I
deeply
regretted
not
wearing
my
pajamas.
1What
days
are
mentioned
in
this
passage
A.Crazy
Day. B.Pajama
Day.
C.April
Fool’s
Day.
D.Both
A
and
B.
答案D
解析本文提到了Crazy
Day和Pajama
Day。
2What
did
his
teacher
advise
him
to
do
A.She
advised
him
to
wear
two
different
coats.
B.She
advised
him
to
wear
his
pajamas.
C.She
advised
him
to
make
a
weird
hairstyle.
D.She
advised
him
to
wear
T-shirt
backwards.
答案C
解析根据“She
suggested
I
make
a
strange
hairstyle
or
wear
two
different
shoes.”可知C项正确。
3Why
didn’t
the
author
wear
his
pajamas
A.Because
he
thought
it
was
a
joke.
B.Because
his
mother
didn’t
allow
him
to
wear
his
pajamas.
C.Because
he
wanted
to
be
beautiful.
D.Because
he
didn’t
have
any
pajamas.
答案A
解析根据短文第五段可知作者没有穿睡衣主要是因为他认为这是一个玩笑。
4What
does
the
passage
mainly
talk
about
A.Mrs
Toalson
had
curled
her
hair
into
large
curls.
B.Two
crazy
days
in
America.
C.They
all
wore
their
pajamas
including
the
author.
D.The
author
was
afraid
to
wear
his
pajamas
to
school.
答案B
解析这篇文章主要讲了美国的两个疯狂的节日。
B
A
typical
lion
tamer(驯兽师)
in
people’s
mind
is
an
entertainer
holding
a
whip(鞭)
and
a
chair.The
whip
gets
all
of
the
attention,but
it’s
mostly
for
show.In
reality,it’s
the
chair
that
does
the
important
work.When
a
lion
tamer
holds
a
chair
in
front
of
the
lion’s
face,the
lion
tries
to
focus
on
all
four
legs
of
the
chair
at
the
same
time.With
its
focus
divided,the
lion
becomes
confused
and
is
unsure
about
what
to
do
next.When
faced
with
so
many
options,the
lion
chooses
to
freeze
and
wait
instead
of
attacking
the
man
holding
the
chair.
How
often
do
you
find
yourself
in
the
same
position
as
the
lion How
often
do
you
have
something
you
want
to
achieve(e.g.lose
weight,start
a
business,travel
more)—only
to
end
up
confused
by
all
of
the
options
in
front
of
you
and
never
make
progress
This
upsets
me
to
no
end
because
while
all
the
experts
are
busy
debating
about
which
option
is
best,the
people
who
want
to
improve
their
lives
are
left
confused
by
all
of
the
conflicting
information.The
end
result
is
that
we
feel
like
we
can’t
focus
or
that
we’re
focused
on
the
wrong
things,and
so
we
take
less
action,make
less
progress,and
stay
the
same
when
we
could
be
improving.
It
doesn’t
have
to
be
that
way.Anytime
you
find
the
world
waving
a
chair
in
your
face,remember
this:All
you
need
to
do
is
focus
on
one
thing.You
just
need
to
get
started.Starting
before
you
feel
ready
is
one
of
the
habits
of
successful
people.If
you
have
somewhere
you
want
to
go,something
you
want
to
accomplish,someone
you
want
to
become...take
immediate
action.If
you’re
clear
about
where
you
want
to
go,the
rest
of
the
world
will
either
help
you
get
there
or
get
out
of
the
way.
5Why
does
the
lion
tamer
use
a
chair
A.To
trick
the
lion. B.To
show
off
his
skills.
C.To
get
ready
for
a
fight.
D.To
entertain
the
audience.
答案A
解析推理判断题。由第一段可知,驯兽师拿着椅子的目的就是为了让狮子感到不知所措。由此推出答案是A项。
6In
what
sense
are
people
similar
to
a
lion
facing
a
chair
A.They
feel
puzzled
over
choices.
B.They
hold
on
to
the
wrong
things.
C.They
find
it
hard
to
make
changes.
D.They
have
to
do
something
for
show.
答案A
解析细节理解题。由第二段的最后“only
to
end
up
confused
by
all
of
the
options
in
front
of
you
and
never
make
progress”可知,人类和狮子的相似之处是:面临许多选择时会感到困惑。
7What
is
the
author’s
attitude
towards
the
experts
mentioned
in
Paragraph
3
A.Tolerant.
B.Doubtful.
C.Respectful.
D.Supportive.
答案B
解析推理判断题。根据第三段第一句可知,专家们对最佳选择争论不休,而那些想提高生活的人们对这些矛盾的信息困惑不解,作者对此感到心烦。由此可知,专家的做法无助于问题的解决,作者对他们持怀疑态度。
8When
the
world
is
“waving
a
chair
in
your
face”,you’re
advised
to
.
A.wait
for
a
better
chance
B.break
your
old
habits
C.make
a
quick
decision
D.ask
for
clear
guidance
答案C
解析推理判断题。由第四段第二、三句可知,当你发现这个世界在你的面前挥舞着椅子时,你要做的事情就是把注意力集中在一件事情上,你需要的就是开始。故选C项。
C
(导学号57140072)
One
morning
Fan
Xing
discovered
that
her
classroom
had
changed.The
13-year-old
saw
that
the
desks
were
no
longer
in
rows,but
pushed
together
to
make
six
bigger
desks.
The
new
arrangement
was
part
of
a
reform
at
Fan’s
school,Changsha
Daotian
Middle
School
in
Hunan.About
five
weeks
ago,more
than
2,000
junior
students
at
the
school
began
studying
in
this
way,with
six
to
eight
students
sitting
in
groups.
“This
reform
is
designed
to
provide
students
with
easier
ways
to
study
and
more
chances
for
discussion,”
said
Liu
Xu,a
school
head
teacher.“Our
school
hopes
it
can
improve
students’
abilities
for
self-study
as
well
as
teamwork.”
The
new
arrangement
took
some
time
for
students
to
get
used
to.“I
was
too
curious
about
it
for
the
first
two
days,”
said
Fan.But
soon
she
and
her
classmates
got
used
to
it.“Now
our
class
is
quieter
because
we
can
stop
loud
students
with
some
simple
gestures,”
said
Fan.“What’s
more,we
can
express
our
own
ideas
and
learn
others’
through
discussion.It’s
a
better
way
to
study.”
Feng
Yu
likes
this
new
classroom
arrangement
very
much
and
has
made
some
progress
in
studying.The
14-year-old
said,“Group
members
first
discuss,and
then
explain
the
solutions
or
answers
to
difficult
questions
in
front
of
the
whole
class.”
“The
discussion
gives
us
more
confidence
to
make
speeches,”
said
Feng.“We
can
also
improve
our
friendships.”
The
reform
has
asked
for
more
from
teachers.They
have
no
more
than
15
minutes
to
teach
in
class.“It
is
a
big
challenge
to
teach
in
such
a
short
time
the
lessons
which
should
be
taught
in
45
minutes,”
English
teacher
Wang
Jing
said.“We
have
to
improve
methods
to
teach
better.We
must
prepare
some
interesting
topics
and
exercises
before
class
so
that
students
can
discuss
them.”
Wang
said
that
some
students
always
talk.The
teachers
have
to
move
continuously
in
the
classroom
to
keep
them
quiet
and
get
them
to
concentrate
on
class.“It
demands
more,but
I
believe
it
will
pay
off,”
Wang
added.
9From
the
first
paragraph
of
the
passage,we
know
that
.
A.Fan
Xing
was
a
13-year-old
student
B.Fan
Xing’s
classroom
was
changed
in
rows
C.Fan
Xing’s
desk
was
no
longer
in
her
classroom
D.six
big
desks
were
moved
into
Fan
Xing’s
classroom
答案A
解析根据第一段中的“The
13-year-old”可知A项正确;根据“the
desks
were
no
longer
in
rows”可知B、C两项错误;根据“pushed
together
to
make
six
bigger
desks”可知是把原来的桌子拼成了六张大桌子,而不是另外的桌子。
10The
purpose
of
the
new
classroom
arrangement
is
to
.
A.make
the
students
feel
fresh
and
interested
B.divide
big
classes
into
small
classes
C.make
more
room
for
new
students
D.provide
students
with
more
chances
for
teamwork
答案D
解析根据第三段中的“This
reform
is
designed
to
provide
students
with
easier
ways
to
study
and
more
chances
for
discussion”可知选D项。
11What
is
the
big
challenge
for
the
teachers
in
classroom
teaching
in
the
reform
A.The
teachers
have
to
improve
their
studying
methods.
B.The
teachers
must
prepare
more
interesting
topics
for
exercises.
C.The
teachers
are
only
given
15
minutes
to
teach
in
one
period
of
the
class.
D.The
teachers
have
to
move
about
in
the
classroom
to
keep
the
students
quiet.
答案C
解析根据倒数第二段中的“They
have
no
more
than
15
minutes
to
teach
in
class.‘It
is
a
big
challenge
to
teach
in
such
a
short
time
the
lessons
which
should
be
taught
in
45
minutes...’”可知选C项。
12Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
according
to
the
passage
A.The
students
in
Changsha
Daotian
Middle
School
are
sitting
in
groups
when
having
classes.
B.The
reform
in
the
school
is
aimed
at
improving
the
students’
abilities
for
self-study.
C.Studying
in
groups
gives
the
students
more
confidence
to
concentrate
on
class.
D.The
new
classroom
arrangement
also
brings
some
new
challenges
to
the
teachers.
答案C
解析根据倒数第三段中的“The
discussion
gives
us
more
confidence
to
make
speeches”可知C项错误。
第二节(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
(导学号57140073)
Here
are
some
top
tips
for
world
travelers.
Travel
light. 13
It’s
no
fun
carrying
a
huge
bag
around
a
foreign
city.Don’t
take
too
many
clothes
and
avoid
heavy
books
and
electrical
equipment.
14
Always
keep
your
passport
on
you
in
an
inside
pocket
or
special
travel
belt.There
may
be
thieves
about.It’s
a
good
idea
to
make
a
photocopy(复印件)of
your
passport
and
travel
documents.
Transport
sense.Don’t
let
go
of
your
bags
on
the
train. 15
There
are
always
thieves
on
public
transport.If
you
want
to
sleep,tie
your
bag
to
your
arm.When
you
take
a
taxi,it’s
a
good
idea
to
ask
for
the
driver’s
permit.Many
foreigners
pay
too
much
money
because
they
take
unofficial
taxis.
Keep
clean.It’s
a
good
idea
to
wear
dark
clothes
because
they
hide
the
dirt
while
white
clothes
attract
it!Make
sure
you
have
plenty
of
clean
underclothes
and
deodorant(除臭剂). 16
17
You
should
always
be
polite
and
respectful
towards
the
locals.Even
if
you
find
their
habits
and
behaviour
a
bit
strange,you
shouldn’t
show
your
feelings.Remember,you’re
their
guest.
A.Be
polite.
B.Keep
your
documents
safe.
C.You
should
carry
a
spare
bag.
D.You
don’t
want
to
smell
bad!
E.Keep
them
with
you
at
all
times.
F.Make
sure
your
bag
isn’t
too
heavy.
G.It’s
a
good
idea
to
wear
similar
clothes
to
the
local
people.
答案13~17
FBEDA
二、英语知识运用(共两节,满分45分)
第一节:完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
(导学号57140074)
(2017·北京高考)
Hannah
Taylor
is
a
schoolgirl
from
Manitoba,Canada.One
day,when
she
was
five
years
old,she
was
walking
with
her
mother
in
downtown
Winnipeg.They
saw
a
man
18
out
of
a
garbage
can.She
asked
her
mother
why
he
did
that,and
her
mother
said
that
the
man
was
homeless
and
hungry.Hannah
was
very
19 .She
couldn’t
understand
why
some
people
had
to
live
their
lives
without
shelter
or
enough
food.Hannah
started
to
think
about
how
she
could
20 ,but,of
course,there
is
not
a
lot
one
five-year-old
can
do
to
solve(解决)the
problem
of
homelessness.
Later,when
Hannah
attended
school,she
saw
another
homeless
person.It
was
a
woman, 21
an
old
shopping
trolley(购物车)which
was
piled
with
22 .It
seemed
that
everything
the
woman
owned
was
in
them.This
made
Hannah
very
sad,and
even
more
23
to
do
something.She
had
been
talking
to
her
mother
about
the
lives
of
homeless
people
24
they
first
saw
the
homeless
man.Her
mother
told
her
that
if
she
did
something
to
change
the
problem
that
made
her
sad,she
wouldn’t
25
as
bad.
Hannah
began
to
speak
out
about
the
homelessness
in
Manitoba
and
then
in
other
provinces.She
hoped
to
26
her
message
of
hope
and
awareness.She
started
the
Ladybug
Foundation,an
organization
aiming
at
getting
rid
of
homelessness.She
began
to
27
“Big
Bosses”
lunches,where
she
would
try
to
persuade
local
business
leaders
to
28
to
the
cause.She
also
organized
a
fundraising(募捐)drive
in
“Ladybug
Jars”
to
collect
everyone’s
spare
change
during
“Make
Change”
month.More
recently,the
foundation
began
another
29
called
National
Red
Scarf
Day—a
day
when
people
donate
$20
and
wear
red
scarves
in
support
of
Canada’s
30
and
homeless.
There
is
an
emergency
shelter
in
Winnipeg
called“Hannah’s
Place”,something
that
Hannah
is
very
31
of.Hannah’s
Place
is
divided
into
several
areas,providing
shelter
for
people
when
it
is
so
cold
that
32
outdoors
can
mean
death.In
the
more
than
five
years
since
Hannah
began
her
activities,she
has
received
a
lot
of
33 .For
example,she
received
the
2007
BRICK
Award
recognizing
the
34
of
young
people
to
change
the
world.But
35
all
this,Hannah
still
has
the
36
life
of
a
Winnipeg
schoolgirl,except
that
she
pays
regular
visits
to
homeless
people.
Hannah
is
one
of
many
examples
of
young
people
who
are
making
a
37
in
the
world.You
can,too!
18A.jumping
B.eating
C.crying
D.waving
答案B
解析根据下文中的“the
man
was
homeless
and
hungry”可知,此处表示这名男子在垃圾箱里捡东西吃。
19A.annoyed
B.nervous
C.ashamed
D.upset
答案D
解析根据下文内容可知,汉娜是一个善良并且有爱心的小女孩,因而这一幕让她非常伤心难过。annoyed“恼怒的”;nervous“紧张的”;ashamed“羞愧的”;upset“难过的”。根据句意可知应选D项。
20A.behave
B.manage
C.help
D.work
答案C
解析根据语境可知,年幼的汉娜已经开始考虑自己如何才能帮助这些无家可归的人们。behave“表现”;manage“经营”;help“帮助”;work“工作”。根据句意可知应选C项。
21A.pushing
B.carrying
C.buying
D.holding
答案A
解析根据语境并结合常识可知,此处表示这位无家可归的女士推着一辆破旧的购物车。push“推”;carry“搬运”;buy“购买”;hold“举着”。根据句意可知应选A项。
22A.goods
B.bottles
C.foods
D.bags
答案D
解析根据下文“It
seemed
that
everything
the
woman
owned
was
in
them.”并结合常识可知,此处表示好似这位女士的所有家当在车上的包里了。下文中的“...in
them”为提示语,东西只有在包里才合理。
23A.excited
B.determined
C.energetic
D.grateful
答案B
解析根据上下文语境可知,善良的汉娜在目睹了无家可归的人们的生存状况后,更下定决心要为这些人做些什么。
24A.since
B.unless
C.although
D.as
答案A
解析根据语境可知,此处句意为“自从她们第一次看到那个无家可归的男子,汉娜就一直跟妈妈讨论这些人的生活状况”。since“自从……”,在此处引导时间状语从句。
25A.sound
B.get
C.feel
D.look
答案C
解析汉娜的妈妈告诉她,如果她能做些什么来改变使她难过的这个问题,她就不会感觉那么糟糕了。feel
“感觉”。
26A.exchange
B.leave
C.keep
D.spread
答案D
解析汉娜开始在曼尼托巴和其他省份为无家可归的人们进行演讲和呼吁,希望把她的愿望和意识传播开来。exchange
“交换”;leave“离开”;keep“保持”;spread“传播”。根据句意可知应选D项。
27A.sell
B.deliver
C.host
D.pack
答案C
解析host在此处意为“主办,承办”,与后面的宾语构成合理搭配,意为“举办Big
Bosses午餐活动”。
28A.contribute
B.lead
C.apply
D.agree
答案A
解析此处where引导的定语从句说明了汉娜在承办的午餐活动中劝说当地的有钱人为这项事业进行捐助。contribute
“捐献”;lead“导致”;apply“适用于”;agree“同意”。根据句意可知应选A项。
29A.campaign
B.trip
C.procedure
D.trial
答案A
解析根据后面的定语“called
National
Red
Scarf
Day”可知,此处指的是该慈善机构最近组织的另一项活动。campaign
“活动”;trip“旅行”;procedure“步骤”;trial“审讯”。根据句意可知应选A项。
30A.elderly
B.hungry
C.lonely
D.sick
答案B
解析根据上下文可知,人们捐二十美元并佩戴红围巾是为了帮助加拿大的饥饿和无家可归的人。第一段中的“homeless
and
hungry”也是提示语。
31A.aware
B.afraid
C.proud
D.sure
答案C
解析根据语境可知,此处意为“在温尼伯有一个以汉娜命名的紧急避难所,她为此感到骄傲和自豪”。aware“知道的”;afraid“害怕的”;proud“骄傲的”;sure“确信的”。此处应用be
proud
of表示“为……骄傲”。
32A.going
B.sleeping
C.travelling
D.playing
答案B
解析根据语境可知,当天气极其寒冷,睡在外面可能会冻死的时候,紧急避难所就开始发挥作用。故应选B项。
33A.praises
B.invitations
C.replies
D.appointments
答案A
解析根据上文可知,汉娜的慈善活动已经进行了五年多,期间,她获得了很多赞美。praise“赞扬”符合语境,故选A项。
34A.needs
B.interests
C.dreams
D.efforts
答案D
解析汉娜在2007年获得的这项大奖证明了年轻人在改变世界方面所做出的努力。effort“努力”符合句意,故选D项。
35A.for
B.through
C.besides
D.along
答案B
解析through
all
this在此处意为“经历这一切后”符合上下文语境,故选B项。
36A.healthy
B.public
C.normal
D.tough
答案C
解析根据上下文语境可知,此处表示除了定期看望无家可归的人,汉娜跟其他普通的温尼伯女生一样,过着正常的生活。
37A.choice
B.profit
C.judgement
D.difference
答案D
解析句意:年轻人可以通过自己的努力发挥作用来改变这个世界,汉娜只是很多这样的年轻人中的一个。make
a
difference“有影响,起作用”,符合句意,故选D项。
第二节(共10小题;每小题1.5分,满分15分)
阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
(导学号57140075)
Why
do
I
want
to
go
to
college No
one
has
ever
asked
me
such
38
question.But
many
times
I
have
asked
39 (I).I
have
come
up
with
a
whole
40 (various)of
reasons.The
most
important
reason
is
41
I
want
to
be
a
better
man.
Many
things
make
human
beings
different
42
or
better
than
or
even
superior
to
animals.
One
of
the
most
important
things
is
43 (educate).If
I
fail
to
receive
higher
education,my
education
will
not
finish.As
I
want
to
be
a
fully
44 (develop)man,I
must
get
a
well-rounded
education, 45
good
colleges
and
universities
are
supposed
to
provide.I
know
one
can
get
educated
in
many
ways,but
colleges
and
universities
are
among
the
46 (good)places
to
teach
me
how
to
educate
myself.Only
when
I
am
well-educated
will
I
be
a
better
human
being
and
be
able
to
better
fit
into
47 (social).
38 39 40
41 42 43
44 45 46
47
答案38.a 39.myself 40.variety 41.that 42.from 43.education 44.developed 45.which 46.best 47.society
三、短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:在错的词下画一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.只允许修改10处,多者(从第11处起)不计分。
(导学号57140076)
Dear
Sir,
Last
night
I
got
caught
in
the
heavy
rain
in
the
way
home.As
the
result,I
got
a
bad
cold
with
a
headache.I
felt
very
tiring.My
mother
took
me
see
the
doctor.After
the
examination,the
doctor
told
me
to
take
it
easy.He
said
it
was
nothing
seriously.He
also
told
me
to
have
a
good
rest
for
a
couple
of
days,take
the
medicines
on
time
and
drunk
more
boiled
water.So
I
have
to
ask
you
for
a
three-day
leave.After
I
recover,I
would
try
to
make
up
for
the
missing
lessons.If
there
are
anything
I
do
not
understand
it,could
I
turn
to
you
for
help
Yours,
Li
Hua
答案第一句:第二个in→on
第二句:the→a
第三句:tiring→tired
第四句:me后加to
第六句:seriously→serious
第七句:medicines→medicine;drunk→drink
第九句:would→will
第十句:are→is;去掉it
四、书面表达(满分25分)
假如你是李华,在丹麦访学的一周里,你住在Anne
家里,现在即将回国。请你给她写一封感谢信,要点如下:
1.简述你的丹麦之行;
2.感谢她为你所做的一切;
3.向她发出邀请。
参考词汇:Denmark
丹麦
注意:1.适当增加细节,以使行文连贯;
2.词数100左右。
Dear
Anne,
I
am
writing
to
tell
you
All
the
best
wishes.
Yours,
Li
Hua
参考范文
Dear
Anne,
I
am
writing
to
tell
you
how
much
I
have
enjoyed
the
days
in
Denmark.I
really
appreciate
everything
you
have
done
for
me.
In
the
past
week,I
wouldn’t
have
enjoyed
my
stay
here
without
your
kind
help.The
comfortable
room,delicious
meals,friendly
family
all
made
me
feel
so
at
home.Moreover,the
visits
guided
by
you
to
all
interesting
places
offered
me
a
great
chance
to
be
exposed
to
such
unique
culture
as
well
as
beautiful
scenery.
I
will
be
more
than
pleased
to
have
the
opportunity
to
repay
your
kindness
by
showing
you
around
in
China.I
am
looking
forward
to
it.
All
the
best
wishes.
Yours,
Li
Hua 第一单元检测
(时间:90分钟 满分:120分)
一、阅读理解(共两节,满分40分)
第一节(共12小题;每小题2.5分,满分30分)
阅读下面短文,从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。
A
That
warm
day
was
the
only
day
of
the
week
without
rain.I
opened
the
door,took
a
seat
and
began
to
enjoy
the
wonderful
sunshine.Suddenly,I
noticed
that
the
house
near
mine
had
been
sold.An
elderly
lady
was
in
front
of
the
door,with
some
beautiful
flowers
beside
her.I
walked
to
her.She
looked
to
be
in
her
early
eighties
and
had
the
prettiest
white
hair.
“Hi!My
name
is
Karmen,”
I
said
smiling
brightly
at
the
old
lady.She
smiled
back
and
said,“Hello,Karmen.I’m
Kitty.”
Her
voice
was
very
strong
for
someone
at
her
age.Later,I
learned
that
she
was
alone
and
had
no
family
or
relatives
to
help
her.From
that
day
on,I
often
visited
her
and
helped
her
with
her
housework
and
sometimes
she
gave
me
some
delicious
food.A
year
passed,and
I
considered
her
to
be
one
of
my
best
friends.
One
day,I
walked
over
for
my
morning
visit
and
knocked
on
the
door,but
there
was
no
answer.I
knocked
again,and
she
still
didn’t
turn
up.So
I
let
myself
in,using
the
key
she
had
given
me.I
checked
her
living
room
and
then
her
kitchen.I
finally
went
into
her
bedroom,and
she
was
lying
peacefully
on
her
bed.Beside
her
there
were
two
notes.One
was
her
will(遗嘱),which
said
all
that
she
had
would
be
given
to
me.The
other
was
a
thank-you
note.I
went
to
her
bedside
and
cried
sadly.
Though
several
years
has
gone
by,I
still
miss
her
deeply.Whenever
I
look
at
the
beautiful
flowers
in
front
of
her
house,I
remember
the
wonderful
friendship
we
had.
1Through
visiting
the
old
lady,the
author
learned
that
the
old
lady
.
A.disliked
all
her
relatives
B.had
no
one
to
look
after
her
C.didn’t
want
to
live
with
her
family
D.was
looking
for
someone
to
look
after
her
答案B
解析根据第二段中的“Later,I
learned
that
she
was
alone
and
had
no
family
or
relatives
to
help
her.”可知,没有人来照顾她。所以本题选B项。
2What
can
we
learn
from
the
passage
A.The
old
lady
was
not
kind.
B.The
author
didn’t
have
any
good
friends.
C.The
old
lady
didn’t
know
how
to
make
food.
D.The
author
got
along
very
well
with
the
old
lady.
答案D
解析根据短文第二、三段描述可知,作者和这个老人相处得很好,以至于最后将财产都给了作者。
3What
does
“turn
up”
mean
in
Paragraph
3
A.appear B.leave
C.try
D.change
答案A
解析由下文描述可知,此处指的是这个老人还没有出来开门,没有出现,故turn
up与appear意思相同。所以本题选A项。
4In
order
to
thank
the
author,the
old
lady
decided
to .
A.give
the
author
her
favourite
flowers
B.let
the
author
know
she
was
her
best
friend
C.give
the
author
a
key
to
her
house
D.leave
all
that
she
had
to
the
author
答案D
解析根据第三段中的“One
was
her
will,which
said
all
that
she
had
would
be
given
to
me.The
other
was
a
thank-you
note.I
went
to
her
bedside
and
cried
sadly.”可知本题选D项。
B
Take
a
look
at
teenagers
around,dressed
in
baggy-pants,drinking
soft
drinks
such
as
coke,reading
Japanese
cartoons.Whether
you
are
in
Beijing,Wuhan
or
Hong
Kong,you
will
get
the
same
impression.But
should
we
copy
others
or
should
we
maintain
our
differences
It
sounds
convenient
that
people
around
the
world
speak
the
same
language,dress
in
the
same
style,eat
the
same
food
and
play
the
same
games.If
the
world
was
like
this,you
won’t
feel
strange
in
any
corner
of
the
world.But
just
imagine
living
in
such
a
strange
world.How
dull
and
colourless
it
would
be!
Different
kinds
of
food
that
people
can
taste,the
colorful
and
fashionable
clothes
that
we
wear
and
different
languages
we
speak
are
all
part
of
the
different
cultures
that
our
ancestors
left
us.These
differences
represent
their
creativity
and
talent.And
we
all
enjoy
different
cultures
in
our
daily
lives.When
you
travel
to
other
places,you
want
to
see
different
things.When
you
talk
to
foreigners
you
expect
to
listen
to
interesting
stories.These
differences
in
culture
make
life
colourful.
But
the
whole
world
is
shrinking
into
a
small
village
as
globalization
takes
effect
and
many
different
cultures
are
disappearing.In
most
big
cities
around
the
world
people
wear
the
same
clothes.Fast
food
stores
are
everywhere.Hollywood
movies
are
kicking
traditional
performing
arts
out
of
our
lives.The
colours
of
our
life
are
disappearing.
There
is
a
joke
that
even
the
panda
and
zebra
want
to
live
a
colourful
life.So
let’s
take
action
to
protect
our
colourful
culture
before
it
becomes
as
simple
as
black
and
white.
It’s
not
difficult.Learning
some
folk
songs,trying
on
a
traditional
clothing
and
even
eating
local
food
instead
of
going
to
KFC
can
help.And
I’m
sure
you
will
enjoy
it.
5The
passage
is
written
to
.
A.explain
cultural
differences
B.convince
readers
to
maintain
cultural
differences
C.predict
the
future
of
globalization
D.show
some
cultural
phenomena(现象)
答案B
解析这篇短文主要讨论了我们是该模仿他人还是保持自己的文化差异,并建议我们保持自己的文化差异。故选B项。
6The
author
starts
the
argument
by
.
A.mentioning
certain
cultural
phenomena
B.mentioning
his
view
at
the
very
beginning
C.mentioning
the
opposite
view
at
the
very
beginning
D.giving
examples
of
cultural
differences
答案A
解析根据短文第一段描述,可知作者首先列出了一些现象,继而才提出问题,故选A项。
7The
underlined
word
“shrinking”
probably
means
“ ”.
A.expanding
B.disappearing
C.becoming
smaller
D.growing
in
number
答案C
解析由下文的“into
a
small
village
as
globalization”可知此处指的是整个世界正在变小,故选C项。
8The
author
talks
of
all
the
following
cultural
phenomena
except
.
A.food
B.clothing
C.language
D.architecture
答案D
解析这篇短文主要讨论了人们在饮食、服装及语言方面的文化差异,没有提及建筑上的差异,故选D项。
C
(导学号57140043)
If
the
child
has
been
brought
up
in
a
loving,openly
communicative
environment,the
relationship
with
parents
would
be
a
strong
one.It
is
only
when
there
are
ongoing
troubles
in
the
relationship
between
parents
and
the
child
that
there
is
a
breakdown
in
communication.
When
parents
are
going
through
difficulties
in
their
own
relationship,the
child
sometimes
develops
guilt.The
child
can
hold
himself
or
herself
responsible
for
the
breakdown
in
relationship
between
the
parents.This
needs
to
be
explained
to
the
child
who
won’t
speak
out
this
guilt.
The
teenage
years
are
emotionally
sensitive
years
to
the
outside
world.For
the
first
time
the
child
realizes
his
or
her
position
in
society.Friends
suddenly
become
more
important
than
parents.It
is
during
this
time
that
the
relationship
between
children
and
parents
is
tested.If
the
bond
with
parents
is
strong,the
child
will
not
be
influenced
by
the
drug
and
alcohol
culture.If
the
bond
is
weak,the
child
will
end
up
with
problems.
During
such
times,one
of
the
effective
ways
to
deal
with
the
problems
is
to
discuss
the
problems
with
the
child.As
parents,you
will
need
to
discuss
the
results
of
each
choice
and
then
leave
the
final
decision
to
the
child.Forcing
parental
will
on
children
is
counterproductive(适得其反的),especially
at
this
age.Forcing
parental
will
at
this
time
will
stop
communicating
and
then
you
will
not
know
what
is
going
on
in
their
life.Whatever
the
problem
is,the
child
need
never
be
made
to
feel
lonely.The
moment
that
happens,the
possibility
of
serious
self-harm
is
raised.
Any
problem
at
this
age
can
be
dealt
with
by
a
flexible
way
by
parents.Discuss
things
calmly.Leave
the
decision
to
the
individual.Make
yourself
available
for
any
help
or
support
that
the
child
hopes
for.The
child
will
feel
comfortable
when
allowed
the
freedom
of
choice.
9If
parents
have
trouble
with
their
relationship,the
child
.
A.will
communicate
with
their
parents
B.will
be
responsible
for
the
trouble
C.will
feel
guilty
about
the
trouble
D.will
help
the
parents
recover
答案C
解析根据第二段中的“When
parents
are
going
through
difficulties
in
their
own
relationship,the
child
sometimes
develops
guilt.”及本段描述可知选C项。
10Which
of
the
following
ways
can
help
solve
the
children’s
problem
A.Letting
the
children
be.
B.Discussing
it
with
the
children.
C.Forcing
parental
will
on
them.
D.Meeting
their
demands.
答案B
解析根据倒数第二段中的“During
such
times,one
of
the
effective
ways
to
deal
with
the
problems
is
to
discuss
the
problem
with
the
child.”可知选B项。
11The
underlined
word
“Forcing”
can
be
replaced
with
the
word
“ ”.
A.Weakening
B.Pressing
C.Understanding
D.Losing
答案B
解析由下文可知,此处指:强加父母意志在孩子身上是适得其反的。故选B项。
12What
is
the
text
mainly
about
A.The
bond
between
parents
and
children.
B.Causes
of
teenagers’
problems.
C.Teenagers’
problems
and
solutions.
D.Always
letting
the
children
decide.
答案C
解析这篇短文主要描述了青少年成长中的一些问题及其解决办法,故选C项。
第二节(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
(导学号57140044)
Health
is
the
most
important
thing
in
the
world.Nothing
is
more
important
than
health.If
one
takes
away
our
money,houses,cars,or
even
our
clothes,we
can
still
survive. 13
That
is
why
we
always
try
to
eat
in
a
healthy
way
and
exercise
regularly.
How
can
we
keep
healthy In
order
to
eat
healthily,I
usually
avoid
eating
food
high
in
fat,like
French
fries
or
cookies,which
are
junk
foods. 14
Besides,I
only
eat
little
meat.
15
Taking
exercise
every
day
helps
us
to
build
a
strong
body.Regular
exercise
is
an
important
part
of
keeping
us
healthy.
What’s
more,I
think
friends
are
an
important
part
of
one’s
health. 16
I
always
feel
better
when
I
am
with
friends
than
when
I
am
alone.When
I
am
with
my
friends,I
always
laugh.Laughing
is
also
an
important
part
of
health.It
is
good
to
stay
with
my
friends.
By
eating
properly
and
exercising
regularly,I
can
keep
my
body
at
a
proper
weight
and
keep
healthy.By
spending
time
with
my
friends,I
can
keep
my
mind
as
well
as
my
body
happy.These
things
sound
easy
to
do,but
not
many
people
can
manage
them. 17
A.On
the
other
hand,doing
exercise
is
very
important.
B.Some
people
appear
fat
because
they
often
eat
too
much.
C.I
think
a
strong
will
is
necessary
if
we
want
to
keep
healthy.
D.I
eat
a
lot
of
vegetables
and
fresh
fruit
which
are
full
of
vitamins.
E.But
if
our
health
was
taken
away,it
is
certain
that
we
would
die.
F.There
are
some
people
who
like
staying
alone,but
they
keep
healthy.
G.Many
studies
show
that
people
with
a
narrow
range
of
social
contacts(社会交往)often
get
sick.
答案13~17
EDAGC
二、英语知识运用(共两节,满分45分)
第一节:完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
(导学号57140045)
When
I
entered
Berkeley,I
hoped
to
earn
a
scholarship.Having
been
a
Straight-A
student,I
believed
I
could
18
tough
subjects
and
really
learn
something.One
such
course
was
World
Literature
given
by
Professor
Jayne.I
was
extremely
interested
in
the
ideas
he
19
in
class.
When
I
took
the
first
exam,I
was
20
to
find
a
77,C-plus,on
my
test
paper, 21
English
was
my
best
subject.I
went
to
Professor
Jayne,who
listened
to
my
arguments
but
remained
22 .
I
decided
to
try
harder,although
I
didn’t
know
what
that
23
because
school
had
always
been
easy
for
me.I
read
the
books
more
carefully,but
got
another
77.Again,I
24
with
Professor
Jayne.Again,he
listened
patiently
but
wouldn’t
change
his
25 .
One
more
test
before
the
final
exam.One
more
26
to
improve
my
grade.So
I
redoubled
my
efforts
and,for
the
first
time, 27
the
meaning
of
the
word
“thorough”.But
my
28
did
no
good
and
everything
29
as
before.
The
last
hurdle(障碍)was
the
final.No
matter
what
30
I
got,it
wouldn’t
cancel
three
C-pluses.I
might
as
well
kiss
the
31
goodbye.
I
stopped
working
hard.I
felt
I
knew
the
course
material
as
well
as
I
ever
would.The
night
before
the
final,I
even
32
myself
to
a
movie.The
next
day
I
decided
for
once
I’d
have
33
with
a
test.
A
week
later,I
was
surprised
to
find
I
got
an
A.I
hurried
into
Professor
Jayne’s
office.He
34
to
be
expecting
me.“If
I
gave
you
the
As
you
35 ,you
wouldn’t
continue
to
work
as
hard.”
I
stared
at
him, 36
that
his
analysis
and
strategy(策略)
were
correct.I
had
worked
my
head
37 ,as
I
had
never
done
before.
I
was
speechless
when
my
course
grade
arrived:A-plus.It
was
the
only
A-plus
given.The
next
year
I
received
my
scholarship.I’ve
always
remembered
Professor
Jayne’s
lesson:you
alone
must
set
your
own
standard
of
excellence.
18A.take
B.discuss
C.cover
D.get
答案A
解析“我”一直是个优秀的学生,“我”相信“我”能够“学习”难学的课程并且真正学习到知识。take
a
subject
“学习一门课程”。
19A.sought
B.expressed
C.exchanged
D.obtained
答案B
解析句意:对于他在课上“表达”的思想我很感兴趣。
20A.shocked
B.worried
C.scared
D.anxious
答案A
解析一个优秀的学生得知自己得了77分时,无疑是“震惊的”。
21A.but
B.so
C.for
D.or
答案C
解析句意:“因为”英语是我最好的学科,所以当我发现自己得了77分时非常震惊。for在此表示原因,意为“因为”。
22A.unknown
B.unpleasant
C.unfriendly
D.unmoved
答案D
解析句意:我去找教授,他听了我的看法但是“不为所动”。
23A.reflected
B.meant
C.improved
D.affected
答案B
解析句意:我决定更加努力,但是我不知道这“有什么意义”……
24A.quarreled
B.argued
C.bargained
D.chatted
答案B
解析根据上文的“listened
to
my
arguments”可知选B项。句意:我又一次和教授争论,但是他仍然不改变“主意”。
25A.attitude
B.mind
C.plan
D.view
答案B
解析change
one’s
mind“改变主意”。
26A.choice
B.step
C.chance
D.measure
答案C
解析在没法说动教授的情况下,“我”所能做的只有尽全力提高成绩,因而每一次考试都是“我”提高自己成绩的“机会”。故应使用chance。
27A.memorized
B.considered
C.accepted
D.learned
答案D
解析句意:所以我加倍努力,第一次“领悟了”什么是透彻。learn“了解;明白;领悟”。
28A.ambition
B.confidence
C.effort
D.method
答案C
解析but一词对于本段中描述的情形进行转折,也就是说,虽然自己付出了巨大的努力,但是考试成绩并没有改进,故应使用effort
“努力”。
29A.stayed
B.went
C.worked
D.changed
答案B
解析句意:一切都和以前一样。go表示事情的进行。
30A.grade
B.answer
C.lesson
D.work
答案A
解析最后的障碍是期末考试,而由于整个学期我的成绩一直是在C等,所以无论期末考试我得到什么等级,我的三个C等成绩也不会取消,所以应选择grade。
31A.scholarship
B.course
C.degree
D.subject
答案A
解析既然成绩是C等,那么也就与“奖学金”无缘了。
32A.helped
B.favoured
C.treated
D.relaxed
答案C
解析在对奖学金不抱什么希望且对所学的知识已经掌握得很好的情况下,“我”在考试前去看了场电影,这里的看电影实际上是在“奖励”自己,故用treat
“款待”。
33A.fun
B.luck
C.problems
D.tricks
答案A
解析for
once表示“就此一次”。因为自己屡受挫折,故而自己决定这次考试不再“郑重对待”,抱着玩的心态。故用have
fun
with。
34A.happened
B.proved
C.pretended
D.seemed
答案D
解析由于有了前几次自己去与Jayne教授的评理,故而出了成绩后,教授“似乎”在等着“我”再去见他,也就是教授觉得“我”会再去找他。
35A.valued
B.imagined
C.expected
D.welcomed
答案C
解析句意:如果我给了你所“期待”的A等,你就不会继续那样努力学习了。value“重视”;imagine“想象”;expect
“期望”;welcome“欢迎”。故C项正确。
36A.remembering
B.guessing
C.supposing
D.realizing
答案D
解析Jayne教授说明了给“我”C等的理由,“我”也“意识到”他的分析和策略是正确的。
37A.out
B.over
C.on
D.off
答案D
解析work
one’s
head
off是固定搭配,意为“拼命工作,拼命学习”。
第二节(共10小题;每小题1.5分,满分15分)
阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
(导学号57140046)
As
a
man
was
passing
some
elephants,he
suddenly
stopped,confused
by
the
fact
that
these
huge
creatures
were
being
held
by
nothing
but
a
small
rope
38 (tie)
to
their
front
leg.No
chains,no
cages. 39
was
obvious
that
the
elephants
could,at
any
time,break
away
from
their
bonds
but
40
some
reason,they
did
not.
He
saw
a
trainer
nearby
and
asked
why
these
animals
just
stood
there
and
made
no
attempt
41 (get)
away.“Well,” 42
trainer
said,“when
they
are
very
young
and
much
43 (small),we
use
the
same
size
rope
to
tie
them
and,at
that
age,it’s
enough
to
hold
them.As
they
grow
up,they
are
conditioned
to
believe
the
rope
can
still
hold
them,so
they
never
try
to
break
free.”
The
man
was
amazed.These
animals
could
at
any
time
escape
from
their
bonds
but
44
they
believe
they
couldn’t,they
were
stuck
right
where
they
were.
Like
the
elephants,how
many
of
us
go
through
life
45 (hang)
on
to
a
belief
that
we
cannot
do
something, 46 (simple)because
we
failed
once
before 47 (fail)
is
part
of
learning;we
should
never
give
up
the
struggle
in
life.
38 39 40
41 42 43
44 45 46
47
答案38.tied 39.It 40.for 41.to
get 42.the 43.smaller 44.because 45.hanging 46.simply 47.Failure
三、短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:在错的词下画一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.只允许修改10处,多者(从第11处起)不计分。
(导学号57140047)
(2017·全国Ⅲ高考)
When
I
look
at
this
picture
of
myself,I
realize
of
how
fast
time
flies.I
had
grown
not
only
physically,and
also
mentally
in
the
past
few
years.About
one
month
after
this
photo
was
took,I
entered
my
second
year
of
high
school
and
become
a
new
member
of
the
school
music
club.Around
me
in
picture
are
the
things
they
were
very
important
in
my
life
at
that
time:car
magazines
and
musical
instruments.I
enjoyed
studying
difference
kinds
of
cars
and
planes,playing
pop
music,and
collecting
the
late
music
albums.This
picture
often
brings
back
to
me
many
happy
memories
of
your
high
school
days.
答案第一句:去掉第二个of
第二句:had→have;and→but
第三句:took→taken;become→became
第四句:picture前加this或the;they→that/which
第五句:difference→different;late→latest
第六句:your→my
四、书面表达(满分25分)
假如你是James,进入高中后认识了一些新同学和新老师,请你给你初中时的好朋友Peter写一封信,介绍一下你目前的学习及生活情况。开头已给出,不计入总词数。
词数:100左右。
Dear
Peter,
It’s
a
long
time
since
we
met
last
time.How
are
you
参考范文
Dear
Peter,
It’s
a
long
time
since
we
met
last
time.How
are
you
I’m
writing
to
tell
you
something
about
my
new
school
life.Now,I’m
in
Class
16,Senior
Grade
1.There
are
52
students
in
our
class,most
of
whom
come
from
the
countryside.They
are
friendly
and
work
hard.Mr
Hu
is
our
head
teacher.He
teaches
us
English.He
is
very
strict
with
us
but
his
lessons
are
so
interesting
that
we
are
impressed
with
them.As
a
result,English
has
become
one
of
my
favourite
subjects.Our
teachers
often
use
computers
in
the
classroom
when
we
are
having
classes,which
makes
our
class
more
lively.
Every
afternoon
we
have
many
kinds
of
wonderful
after-class
activities.And
I’m
a
member
of
our
school
football
team.Next
week
we
are
going
to
have
a
match
with
some
students
from
another
school.I’m
looking
forward
to
it!
What
do
you
think
of
your
new
school Are
you
satisfied
with
your
new
school
life
I’m
looking
forward
to
hearing
from
you.
Best
wishes!
Yours,
JamesSection
Ⅱ
—
Learning
about
Language
一、单句改错
1This
private
school
is
in
charge
of
Mr
Wang.
答案in后加the
2The
vase
will
be
sell
to
a
Dutch
buyer.
答案sell→sold
3Is
the
paper
going
to
handed
in
答案to后加be
4The
glass
of
water
will
be
turned
ice.
答案turned后加into
5The
shoemaker
charged
me
twenty
yuan
with
mending
a
pair
of
shoes.
答案with→for
二、将下列句子改为被动语态
1The
government
will
surely
improve
people’s
living
conditions.
答案People’s
living
conditions
will
surely
be
improved
by
the
government.
2The
students
will
finish
the
work
on
time.
答案The
work
will
be
finished
on
time
by
the
students.
3Who
will
build
the
house
for
us
答案Who
will
the
house
be
built
by
for
us
4He
will
make
a
model
plane
for
his
son.
答案A
model
plane
will
be
made
for
his
son
by
him.
5We
are
going
to
sell
the
computer.
答案The
computer
is
going
to
be
sold
by
us.
三、完成句子
1谁将要掌管这个公司
Who
will
the
company
答案be
in
charge
of
2将很快修建这个车站。
This
station
soon.
答案will
be
built
3不会出版这本书了。
This
book
.
答案won’t
be
published
4我们应该为我们的货物做广告。
We
should
.
答案advertise
our
goods
5这项工作将由谁来做
Who
will
the
work
答案be
done
by
★四、完形填空
(2016·天津高考)
The
journey
my
daughter
Cathy
has
had
with
her
swimming
is
as
long
as
it
is
beautiful.
Cathy
suffered
some
terrible
1
in
her
early
childhood.After
years
of
regular
treatment,she
2
became
healthy.
Two
years
ago,while
Cathy
was
watching
the
Olympics,a
dream
came
into
her
sweet
little
head—to
be
a
swimmer.Last
summer,she
wanted
to
3
our
local
swim
team.She
practiced
hard
and
finally
4
it.The
team
practice, 5 ,was
a
rough
start.She
coughed
and
choked
and
could
hardly
6
her
first
few
weeks.Hearing
her
coughing
bitterly
one
night,I
decided
to
7
her
from
it
all.But
Cathy
woke
me
up
early
next
morning,wearing
her
swimsuit
8
to
go!I
told
her
she
shouldn’t
swim
after
a
whole
night’s
coughing,but
she
refused
to
9
and
insisted
she
go.
From
that
day
on,Cathy
kept
swimming
and
didn’t
10
a
single
practice.She
had
a
11
intention
within
herself
to
be
the
best
she
could
be.My
ten-year-old
was
growing
and
changing
right
before
my
eyes,into
this
12
human
being
with
a
passion
and
a
mission.There
were
moments
of
13
of
course:often
she
would
be
the
last
swimmer
in
the
race.It
was
difficult
for
Cathy
to
accept
that
she
wasn’t
a
14 —ever.But
that
didn’t
stop
her
from
trying.
Then
came
the
final
awards
ceremony
at
the
end
of
the
year.Cathy
didn’t
expect
any
award
but
was
still
there
to
15
her
friends
and
praise
their
accomplishments.As
the
ceremony
was
nearing
the
end,I
suddenly
heard
the
head
coach
16 ,“The
highest
honor
goes
to
Cathy!”Looking
around,he
continued,“Cathy
has
inspired
us
with
her
17
and
enthusiasm. 18
skills
and
talents
bring
great
success,the
most
valuable
asset(财富)
one
can
hold
is
the
heart.”
It
was
the
greatest
19
of
my
daughter’s
life.With
all
she
had
been
20
in
her
ten
years,this
was
the
hour
of
true
triumph(成功).
1.A.failure B.pressure
C.loss
D.illness
答案D
解析由下一句中的“After
years
of
regular
treatment(经过多年的常规治疗)”可知,该句的含义应为:凯茜在童年早期患有某种严重的疾病。failure“失败”;pressure“压力”;loss“损失,失去”;illness“疾病”。故选D项。
2.A.usually
B.finally
C.firstly
D.frequently
答案B
解析句意:经过多年的常规治疗,她最终恢复了健康。usually“通常”;finally“最终”;firstly“首先”;frequently“频繁地”。故选B项。
3.A.improve
B.train
C.join
D.contact
答案C
解析句意:去年夏天,她想加入我们当地的游泳队。improve“提高,改善”;train“训练”;join“加入组织或团体,成为其中一员”;contact“联系”。故选C项。
4.A.increased
B.found
C.created
D.made
答案D
解析句意:她努力练习,最后成功了。increase“增加”;find“发现,找到”;create“创造”;make“制作”,make
it
“成功”。故选D项。
5.A.however
B.therefore
C.otherwise
D.instead
答案A
解析句意:然而,游泳队的训练是苦难的开始。上文提到她成功加入了游泳队,本句则提到游泳队的训练开始并不容易,故二者存在转折关系。however“然而”;therefore“因此”;otherwise“否则”;instead“相反”。故选A项。
6.A.use
B.survive
C.save
D.waste
答案B
解析句意:她咳嗽、窒息,几乎熬不过前几个星期。use“使用”;survive“幸存”;save“救,节省”;waste“浪费”。由上一句中的rough可知,答案为survive。
7.A.pull
B.tell
C.hide
D.fire
答案A
解析句意:一天晚上听到她痛苦地咳嗽,我决定不让她去训练了。pull“拉”;tell“告诉”;hide“藏”;fire“开火,解雇”;pull...from...“从……脱身”。由句意知A项为正确答案。
8.A.afraid
B.nervous
C.ready
D.free
答案C
解析句意:但是第二天清晨,凯茜把我叫醒,她已经穿好泳衣,准备出发了。afraid“害怕的”;nervous“紧张的”;ready“准备好的”;free“自由的,免费的”。由她已经穿好泳衣可知,ready为最佳答案。
9.A.take
off
B.set
off
C.give
up
D.show
up
答案C
解析句意:我告诉她一整晚的咳嗽之后,她不应该去游泳,但是她拒绝放弃,坚持要去。take
off“起飞;脱掉”;set
off“动身,启程;使爆炸”;give
up“放弃”;show
up“到场,露面”。由空后的句子“她坚持要去”可知give
up为最佳答案。
10.A.attend
B.miss
C.ban
D.start
答案B
解析句意:从那天起,她继续游泳,没有错过一次训练。attend“参加”;miss“错过,思念”;ban“禁止”;start“开始,发动”。由该句中的“Cathy
kept
swimming”可知,miss为最佳答案。
11.A.rich
B.weak
C.firm
D.kind
答案C
解析句意:她心中有一个坚定的目标,要尽自己所能成为最棒的。rich“富有的,丰富的”;weak“弱的”;firm“坚定的”;kind“好心的,善良的”。由凯茜不放弃,坚持训练可知,她的这种想法是坚定的。故选C项。
12.A.trusted
B.determined
C.experienced
D.embarrassed
答案B
解析句意:我眼看着我10岁的女儿成长为一个有爱好,有目标并意志坚定的人。trusted“可信任的”;determined“坚定的”;experienced“有经验的”;embarrassed“尴尬的,难为情的”。由凯茜坚持游泳训练的事实可知,determined为最佳答案。
13.A.frustration
B.delight
C.excitement
D.surprise
答案A
解析句意:当然她也有一些感到挫败的时刻,她经常是游泳比赛中的最后一名。frustration“挫折,挫败”;delight
“高兴”;excitement“激动,兴奋”;surprise“惊讶,吃惊”。从她是游泳比赛中的最后一名可知,此处应选择frustration。
14.A.beginner
B.learner
C.partner
D.winner
答案D
解析句意:凯茜很难接受自己不是一名获胜者。beginner“初学者”;learner“学习者”;partner“搭档,合作伙伴”;winner
“获胜者”。根据上一句中的“she
would
be
the
last
swimmer
in
the
race”可知,她很难接受自己不是获胜者,故选winner。
15.A.cheer
on
B.compete
with
C.respond
to
D.run
after
答案A
解析句意:凯茜没有期望任何奖项,但是仍旧到那儿为她的朋友们鼓劲加油,并且赞美他们。cheer
on“向……欢呼”;compete
with“与……竞争”;respond
to“对……作出回应”;run
after“追赶,追求”。根据句意可知A项为最佳答案。
16.A.admitting
B.explaining
C.announcing
D.whispering
答案C
解析句意:当颁奖仪式接近尾声时,我突然听到总教练宣布:“最高荣誉奖属于凯茜!”admit“承认”;explain“解释”;announce“宣布”;whisper“低声说”。宣布一件大家关注的事情,应用announce,故选C项。
17.A.humor
B.will
C.honesty
D.wisdom
答案B
解析句意:凯茜用她的意志和热情激励了我们。humor
“幽默”;will“意志力”;honesty“诚实”;wisdom“智慧”。上文主要讲述了凯茜不顾自己的身体,坚持游泳训练,体现的是她的意志力。故选B项。
18.A.Although
B.Since
C.Once
D.Because
答案A
解析句意:虽然技巧和天赋带来巨大的成功,但是一个人拥有的最宝贵的财富是内心。although“虽然,尽管”;since“自从,由于”;once“一旦”;because“因为”。由句意可知although为最佳答案。
19.A.discovery
B.choice
C.influence
D.moment
答案D
解析句意:这是我女儿一生中最伟大的时刻。discovery“发现”;choice“选择”;influence“影响”;moment“时刻”。由句意可知D项为最佳答案。
20.A.through
B.under
C.across
D.around
答案A
解析句意:在她十年中所经历的所有时刻中,这是她真正成功的时刻。through“经历,通过”;under“在……下面”;across“横穿”;around“在……的周围”。本句指我的女儿所经历的事情,故选through。
★五、语篇填空
(导学号57140011)
One
morning,I
was
waiting
at
the
bus
stop,worried
about
1 (be)
late
for
school.There
were
many
people
waiting
at
the
bus
stop, 2
some
of
them
looked
very
anxious
and
3 (disappoint).When
the
bus
finally
came,we
all
hurried
on
board.I
got
a
place
next
4
the
window,so
I
had
a
good
view
of
the
sidewalk.A
boy
on
a
bike
5 (catch)
my
attention.He
was
riding
beside
the
bus
and
waving
his
arms.I
heard
a
passenger
behind
me
shouting
to
the
driver,but
he
refused
6 (stop)
until
we
reached
the
next
stop.Still,the
boy
kept
7 (ride).He
was
carrying
something
over
his
shoulder
and
shouting.Finally,when
we
came
to
the
next
stop,the
boy
ran
up
to
the
door
of
the
bus.I
heard
an
excited
conversation.Then
the
driver
stood
up
and
asked,“ 8
anyone
lose
a
suitcase
at
the
last
stop ”A
woman
on
the
bus
shouted,“Oh
dear!It’s
9 (I).”She
pushed
her
way
to
the
driver
and
took
the
suitcase
thankfully.Everyone
on
the
bus
began
talking
about
what
the
boy
had
done,and
the
crowd
of
strangers
10 (sudden)
became
friendly
to
one
another.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.being 2.and 3.disappointed 4.to 5.caught 6.to
stop 7.riding 8.Did 9.me/mine 10.suddenly
★六、短文改错
(导学号57140012)
Our
school
newspaper
is
looking
at
an
editor
for
its
English
edition.The
job
mainly
consists
two
parts.One
is
to
choose
English
articles
for
we
students
from
other
newspapers,magazines
or
the
Internet.The
other
is
pick
out
articles
from
those
written
by
students
in
our
school
and
edit
them
for
use.
We
hope
what
the
person
can
meet
the
following
requirements.First,he
or
she
is
willing
to
devote
some
of
his
or
her
spare
time
to
serve
others.Second,it’s
necessary
for
him
or
her
to
be
well
at
both
English
and
fine
arts.Beside,the
ability
to
use
the
computer
is
important.Those
who
is
interested
in
the
job,please
get
in
touch
with
the
Students’
Union
in
this
week.
答案第一句:at→for
第二句:consists后加of
第三句:we→us
第四句:is后加to
第五句:what→that
第六句:serve→serving
第七句:well→good
第八句:Beside→Besides
第九句:is→are;去掉第三个inUnit
5
Music
Section
Ⅰ
—
Warming
Up,Pre-reading,
Reading
&
Comprehending
一、根据句意和汉语提示写出单词
1I
don’t
think
he
is
a
(可靠的)
man.
答案reliable
2The
famous
band
from
the
US
will
give
their
(表演)
in
the
Capital
Concert
Hall.
答案performance(s)
3Beethoven
was
one
of
the
greatest
(音乐家).
答案musicians
4The
girl
often
says
that
she
has
a
dream
and
(梦想)
of
becoming
a
doctor.
答案dreams
5We
should
(认为有……)
great
importance
to
learning
English.
答案attach
6To
be
(诚实的),you
have
made
some
mistakes
in
your
report.
答案honest
7How
much
do
you
(挣钱)
in
this
company
every
year
答案earn
8Are
you
(熟悉的)
with
this
kind
of
music
答案familiar
9I
want
to
pay
you
in
(现金).
答案cash
10Mike
asked
the
children
to
(组成)a
circle.
答案form
二、单句改错
1Have
you
ever
dreamed
of
buy
a
car
like
that
答案buy→buying
2To
be
honestly,your
answer
is
not
correct.
答案honestly→honest
3He
has
to
rely
his
father
to
help
him.
答案在rely后加on
4The
boy’s
parents
broke
down
when
he
was
only
five.
答案down→up
5I
joined
the
club
in
order
to
get
familiar
to
the
singer.
答案第二个to→with
6Don’t
play
joke
on
the
little
boy.
答案joke→jokes
7I
asked
the
lady
whether
she
would
pay
with
cash.
答案with→in
8I
don’t
know
what
they
formed
a
band.
答案what→how/when/where/why
9I
know
the
students,most
of
which
come
from
No.1
Middle
School.
答案which→whom
10Do
they
attach
a
great
importance
to
becoming
rich
答案去掉a
三、完成句子
1我梦想成为最好的足球队员。
I
the
best
football
player.
答案dream
of
being
2他利用晚上的时间工作,已经挣了好多钱。
He
a
lot
of
money
in
the
evenings.
答案has
earned;by
working
3公司高层会议到半夜才结束。
The
company
top
meeting
didn’t
midnight.
答案break
up
until
4他一遍又一遍地做这项试验,一直干到深夜。
He
over
and
over
again,working
till
midnight.
答案performed
the
experiment
5说实话,我从来没有去过日本。
,I
have
never
been
to
Japan.
答案To
be
honest
四、根据课文内容填空
1 (be)honest,a
lot
of
people
attach
great
importance
to
(become)rich
and
famous.
答案To
be;becoming
2They
may
start
as
a
group
of
high-school
students,
whom
practising
their
music
in
someone’s
house
is
the
first
step
fame.
答案for;to
3As
some
of
these
actors
could
not
sing
well
enough,they
had
to
rely
other
musicians
(help)them.
答案on/upon;to
help
4Each
week
on
TV,the
Monkees
would
play
and
sing
songs
(write)by
other
musicians.
答案written
5They
produced
a
new
record
in
1996,
which
they
celebrated
their
former
time
as
a
real
band.
答案with
★五、阅读理解
A
(2017·全国Ⅰ高考)
Some
of
the
world’s
most
famous
musicians
recently
gathered
in
Paris
and
New
Orleans
to
celebrate
the
first
annual
International
Jazz
Day.UNESCO(United
Nations
Educational,Scientific
and
Cultural
Organization)
recently
set
April
30
as
a
day
to
raise
awareness
of
jazz
music,its
significance,and
its
potential
as
a
unifying(联合)
voice
across
cultures.
Despite
the
celebrations,though,in
the
U.S.the
jazz
audience
continues
to
shrink
and
grow
older,and
the
music
has
failed
to
connect
with
younger
generations.
It’s
Jason
Moran’s
job
to
help
change
that.As
the
Kennedy
Center’s
artistic
adviser
for
jazz,Moran
hopes
to
widen
the
audience
for
jazz,make
the
music
more
accessible,and
preserve
its
history
and
culture.
“Jazz
seems
like
it’s
not
really
a
part
of
the
American
appetite,”
Moran
tells
National
Public
Radio’s
reporter
Neal
Conan.“What
I’m
hoping
to
accomplish
is
that
my
generation
and
younger
start
to
reconsider
and
understand
that
jazz
is
not
black
and
white
anymore.It’s
actually
color,and
it’s
actually
digital.”
Moran
says
one
of
the
problems
with
jazz
today
is
that
the
entertainment
aspect
of
the
music
has
been
lost.“The
music
can’t
be
presented
today
the
way
it
was
in
1908
or
1958.It
has
to
continue
to
move,because
the
way
the
world
works
is
not
the
same,”
says
Moran.
Last
year,Moran
worked
on
a
project
that
arranged
Fats
Waller’s
music
for
a
dance
party,“just
to
kind
of
put
it
back
in
the
mind
that
Waller
is
dance
music
as
much
as
it
is
concert
music,”
says
Moran.“For
me,it’s
the
recontextualization.In
music,where
does
the
emotion(情感)
lie Are
we,as
humans,gaining
any
insight(感悟)
on
how
to
talk
about
ourselves
and
how
something
as
abstract
as
a
Charlie
Parker
record
gets
us
into
a
dialogue
about
our
emotions
and
our
thoughts Sometimes
we
lose
sight
that
the
music
has
a
wider
context,”
says
Moran,“so
I
want
to
continue
those
dialogues.Those
are
the
things
I
want
to
foster.”
1Why
did
UNESCO
set
April
30
as
International
Jazz
Day
A.To
remember
the
birth
of
jazz.
B.To
protect
cultural
diversity.
C.To
encourage
people
to
study
music.
D.To
recognize
the
value
of
jazz.
答案D
解析细节理解题。从文章第一段的“UNESCO(United
Nations
Educational,Scientific
and
Cultural
Organization)
recently
set
April
30
as
a
day
to
raise
awareness
of
jazz
music,its
significance,and
its
potential
as
a
unifying
voice
across
cultures.”可知,联合国教科文组织把4月30日定为国际爵士乐日,其目的是提高人们对爵士乐价值和意义的认可。
2What
does
the
underlined
word
“that”
in
paragraph
3
refer
to
A.Jazz
becoming
more
accessible.
B.The
production
of
jazz
growing
faster.
C.Jazz
being
less
popular
with
the
young.
D.The
jazz
audience
becoming
larger.
答案C
解析词义猜测题。从文章第二段的“...the
jazz
audience
continues
to
shrink
and
grow
older,and
the
music
has
failed
to
connect
with
younger
generations.”可知,在美国,爵士乐未能获得年轻一代的青睐。这正是Jason
Moran试图改变的地方。
3What
can
we
infer
about
Moran’s
opinion
on
jazz
A.It
will
disappear
gradually.
B.It
remains
black
and
white.
C.It
should
keep
up
with
the
times.
D.It
changes
every
50
years.
答案C
解析推理判断题。从文章倒数第二段的“The
music
can’t
be
presented
today
the
way
it
was
in
1908
or
1958.It
has
to
continue
to
move,because
the
way
the
world
works
is
not
the
same...”可知,Jason
Moran指出,今天的爵士乐不能再以1908年或1958年那种方式呈现了。它必须进行改变,以跟上时代的步伐。
4Which
of
the
following
can
be
the
best
title
for
the
text
A.Exploring
the
Future
of
Jazz
B.The
Rise
and
Fall
of
Jazz
C.The
Story
of
a
Jazz
Musician
D.Celebrating
the
Jazz
Day
答案A
解析标题归纳题。本文以第一届国际爵士乐日的设立引入话题,探讨了爵士乐的现状以及未来。希望更多人尤其是年轻人关注爵士乐。
B
(导学号57140032)
As
you
research
music,you
will
find
music
that
is
familiar
to
you.You
will
find
music
which
tells
of
interesting
places
and
exciting
things
to
do.You
will
find
music
which
expresses
feelings
that
are
often
your
own.
Music
is
an
expression
of
the
people.As
you
research,you
will
find
music
of
people
at
work
and
play.You
will
find
music
expressing
love
of
the
country,love
of
nature,and
love
of
home.
Music
is
also
an
expression
of
the
composer(作曲家).The
composer
expresses
his
own
musical
ideas.He
studies
the
materials
of
music
and
discovers
ways
of
using
them.He
looks
for
new
kinds
of
musical
expression.
Music
can
suggest
actions
and
feelings
which
we
all
share.We
can
enjoy
playing
and
singing
music,dancing
and
listening
to
the
music
of
the
people
and
the
composers
of
different
times
and
places.
5In
the
first
paragraph,the
author
tells
us
to .
A.find
entertainment
(娱乐)
in
music
B.be
friendly
to
music
C.express
our
feelings
in
music
D.discover
the
things
and
places
in
music
答案A
解析由第一段“You
will
find
music
which
tells
of
interesting
places
and
exciting
things
to
do.”可知答案。
6From
the
second
paragraph,we
know
that
.
A.if
we
love
music,we
will
love
the
country,nature
and
home
B.music
sings
of
the
country,nature
and
home
C.you
may
listen
to
music
at
work
or
play
D.music
can
express
how
people
live,work
and
think
答案B
解析根据第二段第三句“You
will
find
music
expressing
love
of
the
country,love
of
nature,and
love
of
home.”可知答案。
7By
means
of
music,the
composer
wishes
that
.
A.you
would
study
with
them
B.you
would
share
his
feelings
and
ideas
C.you
would
express
your
own
feelings
D.you
would
help
discover
ways
of
using
music
and
new
kinds
of
musical
expression
答案B
解析根据第三段可知作曲家通过音乐表达自己的思想和感受,当然希望你能与他产生共鸣,接受他的音乐。
★六、七选五阅读理解
(导学号57140033)
To
forgive(原谅)may
be
great,but
no
one
ever
said
it
was
easy.When
someone
has
deeply
hurt
you,it
can
be
extremely
difficult
to
let
go
of
your
anger.But
forgiveness
is
possible—and
it
can
be
surprisingly
beneficial
to
your
physical
and
mental
health.1.
So
how
do
you
start
the
recovering Try
following
these
steps.
Calm
yourself
down.2.
You
just
take
a
couple
of
breaths
and
think
of
something
that
gives
you
pleasure:a
beautiful
scene
in
nature,someone
you
love,etc.
Don’t
wait
for
an
apology.Many
times
the
person
who
hurt
you
has
no
intention
of
apologizing.3.
So
if
you
wait
for
people
to
apologize,you
could
be
waiting
an
awfully
long
time.
Take
the
control
away
from
your
offender(冒犯者).4.
Instead
of
focusing
on
your
wounded
feelings,learn
to
look
for
the
love,beauty
and
kindness
around
you.
5.
If
you
understand
that
person,you
may
realize
that
he
or
she
was
acting
out
of
love.To
gain
the
same
feeling,you
may
want
to
write
a
letter
to
yourself
from
your
offender’s
point
of
view.
Don’t
forget
to
forgive
yourself.For
some
people,forgiving
themselves
is
the
biggest
challenge.But
it
can
rob
you
of
your
self-confidence
if
you
don’t
do
it.
A.Recognize
the
benefits
of
forgiveness.
B.There
are
several
ways
to
forgive
and
forget.
C.Try
to
see
things
from
the
other
person’s
position.
D.People
who
forgive
show
less
stress
and
feel
more
energetic.
E.To
stop
your
anger,try
a
simple
stress-management
technique.
F.Mentally
replaying
your
hurt
gives
power
to
the
person
who
caused
your
pain.
G.They
may
have
wanted
to
hurt
you
or
they
just
don’t
see
things
the
same
way.
答案1~5
DEGFC
★七、语篇填空
(导学号57140034)
In
the
English
Reading
Week,one
of
my
classmates
recommended
a
quote
to
us, 1
goes
like
this:“Your
future
depends
on
many
things,but
2 (most)
on
you.”
I
can’t
agree
3 (much)
with
this
view.It’s
true
that
our
future
4 (determine)
by
many
things,such
as
opportunities
and
help
from
others,but
our
own
attitude, 5 (determine),and
hard
work
play
a
more
important
role.In
6
words,we
are
the
master
of
our
own
future.
Take
Abraham
Lincoln
for
example.He
was
born
in
a
poor
family,and
only
received
a
7 (limit)
education
in
his
childhood.Yet
through
his
painstaking
efforts,he
changed
not
only
his
own
fate
but
also
the
history
of
America. 8
to
this
day,Lincoln
9 (regard)
as
one
of
the
most
inspiring
figures
in
the
world.Therefore,I 10 (firm)
believe
that
our
future
is
in
our
own
hands.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.which 2.mostly 3.more 4.is
determined 5.determination 6.other 7.limited 8.Even 9.is
regarded
10.firmlySection
Ⅱ
—
Learning
about
Language
一、用方框中所给的单词完成下列句子
which where that whose whom when why as
1I
still
remember
the
day
I
first
met
Jennifer.
答案when
2Smoking,
is
a
bad
habit,is,however,popular.
答案which
3The
worker,with
my
father
works,is
about
50
years
old.
答案whom
4Do
you
know
the
reason
he
is
absent
from
school
答案why
5September
1st
is
the
day
I’ll
never
forget.
答案which/that
6Great
changes
have
taken
place
in
the
company
we
are
working.
答案where
7This
is
one
of
the
best
films
have
been
shown
this
year.
答案that
8I
lost
a
book, name
I
can’t
remember
now.
答案whose
9
is
known
to
the
world,China
is
making
great
progress.
答案As
10They
finally
arrived
at
an
island
name
was
very
strange
to
them.
答案whose
二、单句改错
1It
is
said
that
this
machine
will
taken
apart.
答案will后加be
2Jim,which
is
only
ten
years
old,helped
the
medical
workers
save
the
injured.
答案which→who
3The
first
book
which
I
read
was
Gone
With
the
Wind.
答案which→that
4My
house,that
I
bought
last
year,has
got
a
lovely
garden.
答案that→which
5That
is
the
house
in
which
they
bought
last
week.
答案去掉in或去掉in
which或in
which→that
三、将每组的两个句子合并为一个含有定语从句的复合句
例句:This
is
the
bag.
My
mother
bought
the
bag
yesterday.
→This
is
the
bag
(that/which)
my
mother
bought
yesterday.
1The
man
stands
next
to
us.
The
man
is
my
English
teacher.
答案The
man
that/who
stands
next
to
us
is
my
English
teacher.或The
man
who/that
is
my
English
teacher
stands
next
to
us.
2The
girl
is
Mary.
You
saw
the
girl
in
the
street.
答案The
girl
(whom/that/who)
you
saw
in
the
street
is
Mary.
3This
is
the
factory.
A
lot
of
students
visited
the
factory
yesterday.
答案This
is
the
factory
(that/which)
a
lot
of
students
visited
yesterday.
4The
only
language
is
mother
tongue.
Mother
tongue
is
easy
to
learn.
答案The
only
language
that
is
easy
to
learn
is
mother
tongue.或Mother
tongue
is
the
only
language
that
is
easy
to
learn.
5The
boy
handed
the
handbag
to
the
police.
He
had
found
the
handbag
in
the
street.
答案The
boy
handed
the
handbag
(which/that)
he
had
found
in
the
street
to
the
police.
6Please
show
me
the
book.
You
bought
the
book
last
Sunday.
答案Please
show
me
the
book
(that/which)
you
bought
last
Sunday.
7The
man
is
a
doctor.
The
man
was
here
just
now.
答案The
man
who/that
was
here
just
now
is
a
doctor.或The
man
who/that
is
a
doctor
was
here
just
now.
8The
old
man
has
two
lovely
dogs.
The
old
man
lives
next
door.
答案The
old
man
who/that
lives
next
door
has
two
lovely
dogs.或The
old
man
who/that
has
two
lovely
dogs
lives
next
door.
★四、阅读理解
(导学号57140002)
The
Leshan
Giant
Buddha
is
a
statue
of
Maitreya
(弥勒大佛)
in
sitting
posture.The
Buddha
is
located
in
Sichuan
Province,facing
Minjiang,Qingyi
and
Dadu
rivers.In
December,1996,the
Buddha
was
included
by
UNESCO
on
the
list
of
the
World
Heritage
(世界遗产名录).
The
statue
was
begun
in
the
year
713
in
the
Tang
Dynasty,and
finished
in
the
year
803.The
Buddha
is
71
meters
high.The
8-meter-long
instep
(脚背)
is
big
enough
for
one
hundred
people
to
sit
on
and
the
28-meter-wide
shoulder
is
large
enough
to
be
a
basketball
playground.
A
monk
called
Hai
Tong
is
connected
with
the
Buddha
forever.At
that
time,wild
waters
brought
out
many
boat
accidents
and
people
just
put
the
disaster
down
to
the
presence
of
a
water
spirit.So
Hai
Tong
decided
to
make
a
statue
beside
the
river
thinking
that
the
Buddha
would
bring
the
water
spirit
under
control.After
20
years’
begging
from
door
to
door,he
finally
collected
enough
money
for
the
plan.When
some
local
government
officials
tried
to
get
this
amount
of
money,Hai
Tong
said
that
they
could
get
his
eyeballs
but
not
the
money
raised
for
the
Buddha.After
he
dug
out
his
eyeballs,these
officials
ran
away
scared.The
project
was
half
done
when
Hai
Tong
passed
away,and
two
of
his
disciples
(门徒)
continued
the
work.After
a
total
of
90
years’
hard
work,the
project
was
finally
completed.
Having
such
a
long
history,the
Buddha
was
nearly
destroyed
by
the
wind
and
rain.The
Chinese
government
began
the
repairing
work
in
1963
under
the
instructions
of
experts
from
UNESCO.
1What’s
the
main
idea
of
this
passage
A.To
introduce
the
Leshan
Giant
Buddha
briefly.
B.To
tell
us
how
the
Leshan
Giant
Buddha
was
built.
C.To
say
where
the
Leshan
Giant
Buddha
is.
D.To
mention
how
the
Leshan
Giant
Buddha
came
into
the
World
Heritage.
答案A
解析文章主要说明了乐山大佛的概况,包括它的位置、外观、地位及修筑过程,故选A项。
2How
did
Hai
Tong
get
the
money
for
the
Buddha
A.By
calling
for
donation.
B.By
working
on
the
river.
C.By
asking
the
government.
D.By
selling
his
eyeballs.
答案A
解析根据第三段第四句可知,海通和尚是通过化缘的方式来筹集塑大佛的资金。
3According
to
the
passage,the
Leshan
Giant
Buddha
.
A.was
completed
when
Hai
Tong
was
alive
B.doesn’t
exist
now
C.played
a
good
role
in
controlling
the
river
D.has
been
a
World
Heritage
site
for
almost
twenty
years
答案D
解析由第一段最后一句可知乐山大佛被列为世界文化遗产已有将近二十年了。
4Hai
Tong
hoped
to
build
the
statue
to
.
A.make
his
temple
more
famous
B.show
respect
to
the
water
spirit
C.protect
the
safety
of
the
local
people
D.get
more
people
to
believe
in
Buddhism
答案C
解析根据第三段第二、三句可知,因这里的水经常给人们带来沉船事故,海通和尚想雕刻一尊大型佛像以制服水神,保人们平安。
5In
this
passage,Hai
Tong
can
be
best
described
as
.
A.generous B.cruel
C.easy-going
D.long-suffering
答案D
解析海通和尚为塑大佛,20年辛辛苦苦四处化缘,为保全资金不惜自毁其目,最佳描绘他的词应是long-suffering“坚忍的”。
★五、完形填空
(导学号57140003)
The
United
States
covers
a
large
part
of
the
North
American
continent. 1
neighbours
are
Canada
to
the
north,and
Mexico 2 the
south.Although
the
United
States 3 a
big
country,it
is
not
the
largest
in
the
world.In
1964,its 4 was
over
185,000,000.
When
this 5
first
became
a
nation,after 6 its
independence
from
England,it
had
thirteen
states. 7 was
represented
on
the
American
flag
by
a
8 .All
the
states 9 in
the
eastern
part
of
the
continent.As
the
nation
grew
towards
the
10 ,new
states
were
added
and
new
stars
11 on
the
flag.For
a
long
time
there
were
48
stars.In
1959,however,two 12 stars
were
added
to
the
flag,representing
the
new
states 13 Alaska
and
Hawaii.
Sometimes
it
is
said
that
the 14 are
“the
only
real
Americans”.Most
Americans,however,are
descendants(后裔)of
people 15 came
from
all
over
the
world
to
find
a
new
land.Those
who
came
first
and 16 greatest
numbers
to
make
their
homes
on
the
eastern
coast
of
North
America
were
mostly
from 17 .It
is
for
that
18
that
the
language
of
the
United
States
is
English
and
that
its
culture
and
customs
are
more
like
those
of
England 19
those
of
any 20 country
in
the
world.
1A.Which
B.Whose
C.Their
D.Its
答案D
解析与the
United
States相对应的形容词性物主代词为its而不是their,从而排除their。由于本句不是定语从句,故排除A项和B项。
2A.by
B.near
C.to
D.from
答案C
解析由上文的“to
the
north”可以推出墨西哥在美国南部,应该用to。
3A.are
B.is
C.were
D.was
答案B
解析本句讲的是通常情况,应用一般现在时;此处主语表示单数概念,故谓语应用第三人称单数形式。
4A.people
B.area
C.size
D.population
答案D
解析由后面的数字可推知,主语指的是“人口”,并非指“人们”、“面积”和“大小”。
5A.land
B.state
C.continent
D.world
答案A
解析上文提到美国的地理位置,此处land在此强调疆域;而state表示“州”,continent表示“大洲”,world表示“世界”,均不符合句意。分句意思是“当这片土地首次成为一个国家时”。
6A.founding
B.being
given
C.having
D.winning
答案D
解析由横线后的“its
independence
from
England”可以推知,应该是从英国的控制中赢得独立,即答案为winning。
7A.One
B.Some
C.Each
D.Every
答案C
解析one侧重数量的“一个”;some的意思是“一些,某个”;each的意思是“每一个”;而every为形容词,不能单独使用。从上文看,句意为“在美国国旗上一颗星代表一个州”,据此可排除A、B和D项。
8A.star
B.moon
C.satellite
D.planet
答案A
解析根据“As
the
nation...on
the
flag.”一句可以推知,国旗上每颗星代表一个州。star意为“星”;moon
意为“月亮”;satellite意为“卫星”;planet意为“行星”。
9A.were
B.was
C.are
D.is
答案A
解析句子的主语为“All
the
states”,因此可把表示单数的was和is排除。再根据本段讲述的是美国的历史,因此时态为过去的时态,从而确定答案为were。
10A.east
B.north
C.south
D.west
答案D
解析上文提到所有的州都在东部,可以推出,国家逐渐地向西部发展,与the
eastern
part形成比较。
11A.disappeared
B.appeared
C.painted
D.printed
答案B
解析根据上下文可以推出,每当有新的州加入,国旗上都要增添新的星。disappear意为“消失”;appear意为“出现”;paint意为“画画”;print意为“印刷”。
12A.least
B.fewer
C.more
D.little
答案C
解析more除了译成“更多”之外,还有“又、另外的”之意,多置于数字的后面。此处表示“另外的两颗星”,与前面的48
stars形成比较。
13A.and
B.between
C.of
D.for
答案C
解析of可以表示其前后的词或词组是同位关系,如:the
city
of
Beijing(北京市),因此答案为C项。
14A.Americans
B.Indians
C.Englishmen
D.Frenchmen
答案B
解析下文提到大多数美国人都是英国人的后裔,因此可以推知此句说只有印第安人才是唯一真正的美国人。
15A.who
B.those
C.they
D.whom
答案A
解析通过分析句子结构可知空格后为一个定语从句修饰people,缺少一个关系代词。
16A.in
B.of
C.on
D.with
答案A
解析本题考查介词在具体语境中的运用。in
great
numbers意为“大批地”,在结构上与first并列。
17A.Europe
B.Asia
C.England
D.Africa
答案C
解析由下文提到的美国的语言为什么是英语及它的文化习俗更有可能是英国的文化习俗等可以知道,不能选A项Europe,因为欧洲不仅有英语,还有法语、德语等。
18A.reason
B.result
C.condition
D.situation
答案A
解析下文提到的“美国的语言和文化习俗与英国的非常相似”的原因正是上文提到的“大多数美国人是英国人的后裔”,因此该空用reason,构成for
that
reason(因为那个原因)。本句意思是“正是因为那个原因,美国的语言是英语,美国的文化习俗更像英国的文化习俗”。
19A.with
B.than
C.for
D.without
答案B
解析根据本句中的“more
like
...”可推知,此处应用than。
20A.other
B.else
C.others
D.some
答案A
解析使用比较级时,在比较状语中应注意将自身排除在外;else在意义上相当于other,但else常修饰不定代词和疑问词。
★六、语篇填空
(导学号57140004)
Are
you
facing
a
situation
that
looks
impossible
to
fix
In
1969,the
pollution
was
terrible
along
the
Cuyahoga
River
near
Cleveland,Ohio.It
1 (be)
unimaginable
that
it
could
ever
be
cleaned
up.The
river
was
so
polluted
that
it
2 (actual)
caught
fire
and
burned.Now,years
later,this
river
is
one
of
3
most
outstanding
examples
of
environmental
cleanup.
But
the
river
wasn’t
changed
in
a
few
days
4
even
a
few
months.It
took
years
of
work
5 (reduce)
the
industrial
pollution
and
clean
the
water.Finally,that
hard
work
paid
off
and
now
the
water
in
the
river
is
6 (clean)
than
ever.
Maybe
you
are
facing
an
impossible
situation.Maybe
you
have
a
habit
7
is
driving
your
family
crazy.Possibly
you
drink
too
much
or
don’t
know
how
to
control
your
credit
card
use.When
you
face
such
an
impossible
situation,don’t
you
want
a
quick
fix
and
something
to
change
immediately
While
there
are
8 (amaze)
stories
of
instant
transformation,for
most
of
us
the
9 (change)
are
gradual
and
require
a
lot
of
effort
and
work,like
cleaning
up
a
polluted
river.Just
be
10 (patience).
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.was 2.actually 3.the 4.or 5.to
reduce 6.cleaner 7.that/which 8.amazing 9.changes 10.patient
★七、短文改错
(导学号57140005)
There
are
lots
of
experience
in
our
life.The
most
unforgettable
one
for
me
is
the
speech
competition
holding
last
year.I’m
interested
in
English.When
my
English
teacher
told
me
that
I
had
chosen
to
take
part
in
the
speech
competition,I
devoted
me
to
the
preparation.I
was
determined
to
win
first
prize.I
was
such
nervous
when
I
stood
on
the
stage
that
I
forgot
everything.Not
until
I
caught
a
sight
of
my
teacher
did
I
calm
down.Finally,I
do
a
good
job.When
I
heard
I
got
first
prize,my
heart
was
filled
in
joy
and
tears
rolled
down.Through
this
speech
competition,I
understand
that
it
is
confident
that
makes
people
successfully.
答案第一句:experience→experiences
第二句:holding→held
第四句:had后加been;第二个me→myself
第六句:such→so
第七句:去掉a
第八句:do→did
第九句:in→with
第十句:confident→confidence;successfully→successful/succeedSection
Ⅲ
—
Using
Language,Summing
Up
&
Learning
Tip
一、选词填空
watch
over in
a
way with arise deal
with
1
this
is
the
biggest
mistake
we
have
made.
答案In
a
way
2—Why
is
your
grandma
so
worried
—Because
she
doesn’t
know
how
to
her
online
shop.
答案deal
with
3I
managed
to
make
myself
understood
the
help
of
a
phrase
book.
答案with
4Can
we
begin
by
discussing
matters
from
the
last
meeting
答案arising
5They
stood
there
and
opened
their
eyes
wide,
what
was
going
on.
答案watching
over
二、单句改错
1Do
you
want
to
join
a
android
football
team
答案a→an
2He
has
learned
to
signal
to
my
teammates
with
computer
language.
答案with→in
3Under
the
help
of
him,I
understood
I
had
to
work
hard.
答案Under→With
4Do
you
know
what
he
will
deal
with
his
enemy
答案what→how或deal→do
三、完成句子
1最初雇门卫是为了看护正在修建的房子。
The
guards
were
originally
hired
to
the
houses
as
they
were
being
built.
答案watch
over
2在他的帮助下,王丽按时完成了工作。
him,Wang
Li
finished
her
work
on
time.
答案With
the
help
of
3从某种意义上来说,我同意你的话。
I
agree
with
you
.
答案in
a
way
4你打算怎样处理水污染
How
are
you
going
to
the
water
pollution
答案deal
with
四、根据课文内容填空
1 (person),I
think
the
team
that
won
first
place
cheated.
答案Personally
2
a
way
our
programmer
is
like
our
coach.
答案In
3Then
she
prepares
(rely)moves
to
use
a
new
situation
(arise).
答案reliable;if;arises
4In
this
way
I
can
make
up
new
moves
(use)
my
“artificial
intelligence”.
答案using
5After
all,
the
help
of
my
electronic
brain
never
forgets
anything,using
my
intelligence
is
I’m
all
about!
答案with;which;what
★五、阅读理解
A
The
Internet
is
the
biggest
source
of
information
in
the
world,and
it’s
accessible
(可进入的)
through
a
computer.It
is
made
up
of
millions
of
pages
of
data
(数据).
The
World
Wide
Web
was
invented
in
1991
by
an
English
scientist,Tim
Berners-Lee.Berners-Lee
built
his
first
computer
while
he
was
at
university
using
an
old
television!
He
came
up
with
the
idea
of
the
World
Wide
Web
in
1989
while
he
was
working
in
Switzerland.
Berners-Lee
made
it
possible
for
everyone
to
use
the
Internet,not
just
universities
and
the
army.He
designed
the
first
“web
browser”,which
allowed
computer
users
to
access
documents
(文件)
from
other
computers.From
the
moment
on,the
web
and
the
Internet
grew.Within
five
years,the
number
of
Internet
users
rose
from
600,000
to
40
million.
The
Internet
has
made
thousands
of
millionaires
(百万富翁),but
Berners-Lee
is
not
one
of
them.Everyone
in
the
world
can
access
the
Internet
using
his
World
Wide
Web
system.He
now
works
as
a
lecturer
at
Massachusetts
Institute
of
Technology
in
Boston.
1Usually
we
access
the
Internet
through
.
A.a
radio
B.a
computer
C.a
TV
set
D.a
recorder
答案B
解析由第一段第一句可知,人们通常通过电脑上网。
2The
World
Wide
Web
has
a
history
of
years.
A.about
ten
B.over
twenty
C.about
fifty
D.over
forty
答案B
解析由第二段第一句可知,the
World
Wide
Web发明于1991年,距今有20多年的时间。
3What
is
a
web
browser
A.It
is
something
that
allows
people
to
use
computers.
B.It
is
something
that
allows
people
to
use
a
library.
C.It
is
something
that
allows
people
to
become
a
millionaire
by
using
the
World
Wide
Web.
D.It
is
something
that
allows
people
to
access
documents
from
other
computers.
答案D
解析由第三段第二句可推知,web
browser是“网络浏览器”,允许人们通过电脑访问其他电脑上的文档。
4From
the
passage
we
know
that
.
A.Berners-Lee
has
invented
the
computer
B.people
can’t
access
the
Internet
without
Berners-Lee’s
permission
C.Berners-Lee
has
not
become
very
rich
because
of
his
invention
D.Berners-Lee
is
now
working
in
a
famous
computer-producing
company
答案C
解析由最后一段第一句可知,波纳斯·李并没有因为自己的发明而成为很富有的人。
B
(导学号57140020)
As
some
cities
start
driving
beggars
from
their
major
streets,some
of
the
smarter
ones
have
found
a
safer,more
comfortable
place
to
carry
on—the
Internet.
These
“Web
beggars”
go
online
with
a
sad
story,and
send
out
emails
asking
for
money,according
to
a
recent
Beijing
News
report.
The
paper
published
one
example
from
a
reader
who
had
received
it.
It
said,“I’m
from
Chengdu.Dad
died
when
I
was
a
kid
and
Mum
is
seriously
ill.My
girlfriend
has
just
dumped(丢下)me.I
am
so
depressed
that
I
cannot
leave
home.Would
you
please
help
me
with
10
yuan
for
a
meal ”
The
sender
left
the
name
Li
Dan
and
a
bank
account
number.
A
reporter
later
contacted
Li
Dan
through
QQ,a
Chinese
Internet
chat
service.He
said
that
he
was
21
and
had
recently
dropped
out
of
college.
“I
started
begging
by
the
Internet
last
December,just
for
fun,”
he
said.“But
when
I
got
the
first
10
yuan
in
January,I
decided
to
become
a
full-time
web
beggar.”
Li
said
he
knew
about
10
other
web
beggars
in
Chengdu.They
all
stayed
at
home
to
write
emails
and
could
probably
send
over
1,000
per
day.They
would
exchange
experience
and
thoughts
over
QQ
or
beggar
websites.
The
story
got
some
reaction
from
the
public.Some
saw
it
as
a
fresh
idea
but
others
suspected(怀疑)that
it
was
just
another
form
of
cheating.
In
related
news,Nanjing,the
capital
of
Jiangsu
Province,began
to
ban
begging
in
eight
of
its
major
districts
on
Monday,according
to
local
media.
That
caused
a
heated
discussion
about
whether
it
violated
(妨碍)beggars’
rights.
Most
people
supported
the
policy,repeating
the
old
line
that
most
beggars
were
not
real
beggars
and
that
they
annoyed
people
constantly,according
to
a
newspaper
poll(计票).
5What
does
“web
beggars”
mean
A.The
beggars
who
have
a
net.
B.The
beggars
that
ask
for
money
on
the
Internet.
C.The
beggars
that
like
the
Internet.
D.A
website
which
is
controlled
by
some
beggars.
答案B
解析根据第二段中的“send
out
emails
asking
for
money”可知,是指通过网络乞讨的乞丐。
6Why
are
some
beggars
fond
of
the
Internet
A.Because
the
places
where
the
beggars
are
allowed
to
beg
are
becoming
less
and
less.
B.Because
the
Internet
is
safer
and
faster.
C.Because
the
Internet
is
so
developed.
D.Because
the
beggars
are
not
allowed
to
leave
home.
答案A
解析根据第一段第一句中的“As
some
cities
start
driving
beggars
from
their
major
streets”可知选A项。
7Which
of
the
following
is
NOT
true
A.Beggars
can
get
some
money
from
banks.
B.Li
Dan
quit
college.
C.Li
Dan
is
a
specialized
beggar.
D.Beggars
have
their
own
websites.
答案A
解析根据第五段最后一句中的“dropped
out
of
college”可知B项是对的;根据第六段最后一句中的“become
a
full-time
web
beggar”可知C项是对的;根据第七段最后一句中的“or
beggar
websites”可知D项是对的。因此选A项。
★六、七选五阅读理解
(导学号57140021)
Once
there
was
a
very
poor
villager.He
found
it
difficult
even
to
support
his
family.1.
He
walked
about
in
the
streets,but
he
did
not
get
a
job.One
day,he
met
a
rich
businessman,who
gave
him
the
job
of
cleaning
the
office.The
villager
began
his
work
and
he
even
started
reading
and
writing
in
his
spare
time.
One
day,the
businessman
saw
that
the
villager
was
writing
something.He
said,“You
can
also
read
and
write!Your
handwriting
is
very
good.”
2.
The
villager
began
to
do
this
job
as
best
as
he
could.
Later,the
businessman
learnt
that
the
villager
was
good
at
accounting,and
he
made
him
his
shop
accountant.The
other
accountants
were
very
jealous
of
the
villager’s
abilities.They
told
the
businessman
that
the
villager
had
a
small
room
where
he
hid
the
money
stolen
from
him.3.
One
day,they
had
their
chance.They
saw
the
villager
going
into
“that”
room.4.
When
they
came
back
and
opened
the
door,there
was
nothing
in
that
room
except
an
ordinary
box.
The
villager
was
ordered
to
open
the
box
with
his
own
hands.And
there
was
only
a
pair
of
dirty
shoes
and
some
old
clothes.5.
At
the
same
time,he
was
so
angry
with
the
jealous
accountants
that
he
fired
them
at
once.The
villager
was
made
the
only
accountant
for
his
office.
A.He
came
to
a
big
city
hoping
to
find
a
job.
B.They
closed
the
door
behind
him
and
ran
to
the
businessman.
C.So
the
businessman
decided
to
give
the
villager
a
good
lesson.
D.Seeing
this,the
businessman
was
moved
by
what
he
had
seen.
E.The
villager
wished
that
some
kind
people
might
give
him
a
good
job.
F.So
the
villager
was
given
the
work
of
writing
business
letters
for
him.
G.But
the
businessman
refused
to
believe
them
unless
he
had
seen
it
with
his
own
eyes.
答案1~5
AFGBD
★七、语篇填空
(导学号57140022)
The
computer
plays
1
important
part
in
our
everyday
life.It
is
one
of
the
great
2 (invent)in
the
world
in
the
3 (twenty)century.It
works
for
us
not
only
at
home,in
the
offices,in
big
shops,but
also
at
schools.Today
it
is
used
in
many
ways.It
really
brings
the
world
large
wealth
and
4 (happy).
The
first
computer
in
the
world
5 (call)ENIAC.It
was
built
in
America
in
1946.It
was
large
and
heavy. 6
it
was
born,it
has
been
developing
very
fast.Until
now
it
has
7 (go)through
four
periods
and
changed
a
lot.There’re
many
kinds
of
puters
are
getting
smaller
and
smaller
and
computing
faster
and
faster.It
becomes
more
and
more
8 (help).
The
computer
can
do
most
of
the
things
9
the
people.It
can
help
us
to
know
about
the
real
world
more
quickly, 10 (learn)
what
we
want
to
learn
and
to
think
for
ourselves.As
a
student
in
the
twenty-first
century,you
must
work
hard
at
it.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.an 2.inventions 3.twentieth 4.happiness 5.was
called 6.Since 7.gone 8.helpful 9.for 10.to
learn第五单元检测
(时间:90分钟 满分:120分)
一、阅读理解(共两节,满分40分)
第一节(共12小题;每小题2.5分,满分30分)
阅读下面短文,从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。
A
Once
when
I
was
a
teenager,my
father
and
I
were
standing
in
line
to
buy
tickets
for
the
circus.Finally,there
was
only
one
family
between
the
ticket
office
and
us.This
family
made
a
big
impression
on
me.
There
were
eight
children,all
probably
under
the
age
of
12.You
could
tell
they
didn’t
have
a
lot
of
money.Their
clothes
were
not
expensive,but
they
were
clean.The
children
talked
excitedly
about
the
clowns.It
was
clearly
a
very
important
day
out
for
them.The
father
and
mother
seemed
happy
as
they
could
be.
The
ticket
lady
asked
how
many
tickets
the
father
wanted
and
he
proudly
answered,“Please
let
me
buy
eight
children’s
tickets
and
two
adults’
tickets,so
I
can
take
my
family
to
the
circus.”
The
ticket
lady
told
him
the
price.
The
man’s
wife
lowered
her
head.There
was
no
longer
a
smile
on
the
man’s
face.He
quietly
asked,“How
much
did
you
say ”
The
ticket
lady
again
told
him
the
price.
The
man
obviously
didn’t
have
enough
money.But
how
could
he
tell
his
kids
the
bad
news
Seeing
what
was
going
on,my
dad
took
a
$20
note
from
his
pocket
and
dropped
it
on
the
ground.(We
were
not
rich
ourselves
at
all!)He
then
tapped
the
man
on
the
shoulder
and
said,“Excuse
me,sir.You
dropped
this.”
The
man
understood
my
father
was
helping
him.He
picked
up
the
money,looked
straight
into
my
dad’s
eyes,and
in
tears
replied,“Thank
you.This
really
means
a
lot
to
me
and
my
family.”
We
did
not
go
to
the
circus
that
night,but
we
didn’t
regret
what
we
had
done.
1Why
does
the
author
say
“Their
clothes
were
not
expensive,but
they
were
clean.”(in
Paragraph
2)
A.Because
the
author
wants
to
show
the
children
were
well
looked
after.
B.Because
the
author
wants
to
show
cheap
clothes
could
be
popular.
C.Because
the
author
wants
to
show
how
hard
the
mother
worked.
D.Because
the
author
wants
to
show
how
rich
the
family
was.
答案A
解析这句话的意思是“他们的衣服不昂贵,但是很干净”。由此可见这些孩子们被照顾得很好。
2Why
was
the
poor
man
unhappy
after
he
spoke
with
the
ticket
lady
A.He
had
lost
his
money.
B.His
children
were
noisy.
C.The
tickets
were
sold
out.
D.The
tickets
were
too
expensive.
答案D
解析联系下文“The
man
obviously
didn’t
have
enough
money.”可知这个男人没有足够的钱,故选D项。
3Who
did
the
$20
note
belong
to
A.The
poor
man.
B.The
author’s
father.
C.The
poor
man’s
wife.
D.The
ticket
lady.
答案B
解析根据“Seeing
what
was
going
on,my
dad
took
a
$20
note
from
his
pocket
and
dropped
it
on
the
ground.”可知这20美元是“我”父亲的,故选B项。
4Which
of
the
following
statements
is
probably
TRUE
according
to
the
passage
A.The
poor
family
saw
the
circus
that
night.
B.The
two
families
became
close
friends.
C.The
author’s
father
earned
some
money.
D.The
author
saw
the
circus
that
night.
答案A
解析通过短文描述,可知这一家人那天晚上看上了马戏,故选A项。
B
(导学号57140065)
Lu
Xun
is
one
of
the
greatest
Chinese
writers
of
the
20th
century.Besides
his
famous
stories,he
also
wrote
many
influential
articles
about
the
living
conditions
of
Chinese
people.
Born
in
1881
to
a
wealthy
family,Lu
Xun
had
a
happy
childhood.In
1893,however,his
grandfather,a
senior
government
official,was
put
into
prison
for
taking
money.At
the
same
time,his
father
became
seriously
ill.From
that
time
on,his
family
were
no
longer
accepted
by
their
relatives
and
friends.These
early
experiences
greatly
influenced
his
writing.
By
the
time
Lu
Xun
arrived
in
Nanjing
to
study
at
university
in
1899,he
already
believed
that
Chinese
society
had
to
change
and
become
modern.In
1902
he
went
to
study
in
Japan.There,he
began
writing
articles
for
several
Chinese
student
magazines.He
showed
a
gift
for
writing
and
translating
and
he
even
wrote
several
books,although
none
was
popular.He
returned
to
China
in
1909
because
he
was
in
need
of
money.
After
working
for
several
years
as
a
teacher
in
Beijing,Lu
Xun
again
returned
to
writing.In
1918,he
wrote
his
famous
short
story
Diary
of
a
Madman.It
was
the
first
Chinese
novel
published
using
the
everyday
language
that
people
spoke,which
helped
make
it
a
great
success.This,together
with
his
novel
The
True
Story
of
Ah
Q(1921),made
Lu
Xun
a
leading
Chinese
writer.
Although
successful,Lu
Xun
still
worried
greatly
about
China’s
future.In
1926,he
moved
to
Shanghai
and
gave
up
writing
stories
in
order
to
devote
himself
to
what
he
called
“pen
warfare”.He
then
only
wrote
articles
which
called
on
the
people
to
fight
against
the
government.For
this,the
government
stopped
him
from
publishing
any
more
books.He
was
forced
to
write
his
articles
using
false
names.
Since
his
death
in
1936,Lu
Xun’s
importance
and
influence
have
grown.Today,many
of
his
writings
are
included
in
school
textbooks
and
his
works
are
read
by
millions
around
the
world.
5Which
of
the
following
greatly
influenced
Lu
Xun’s
writing
according
to
the
passage
A.The
people
he
met
in
Japan.
B.The
experiences
in
his
early
life.
C.Working
as
a
teacher
in
Beijing.
D.His
grandfather’s
being
put
into
prison.
答案B
解析根据第二段中的“These
early
experiences
greatly
influenced
his
writing.”可知选B项。
6According
to
the
passage,why
was
Lu
Xun’s
story
Diary
of
a
Madman
so
popular
A.It
was
based
on
Lu
Xun’s
diary.
B.It
was
the
first
novel
to
use
everyday
language.
C.Its
story
took
place
in
modern
times.
D.It
was
written
using
a
western
style.
答案B
解析根据第四段中的“It
was
the
first
Chinese
novel
published
using
the
everyday
language
that
people
spoke,which
helped
make
it
a
great
success.”可知选B项。
7The
underlined
word
“This”
(in
Paragraph
4)
refers
to
.
A.the
success
of
Diary
of
a
Madman
B.the
use
of
everyday
language
C.the
first
Chinese
novel
D.The
True
Story
of
Ah
Q
答案A
解析this是指示代词,指代前文提到的人或者事物。联系前一句的描述,可知指的是他写《狂人日记》成功这件事,故选A项。
8In
which
order
did
these
events
take
place
in
Lu
Xun’s
life
a.The
government
stopped
him
from
publishing
books.
b.He
wrote
Diary
of
a
Madman.
c.His
father
became
ill.
d.He
moved
to
Shanghai.
e.His
writings
were
put
into
textbooks.
A.c-a-b-d-e B.c-b-d-a-e
C.a-c-d-b-e
D.a-d-b-c-e
答案B
解析根据短文描述,可知几个事件中最先发生的是他的父亲生病,然后是他写了《狂人日记》,接下来是移居到上海,政府禁止他的书出版,最后发生的是他的书被选入教科书中,故选B项。
C
(导学号57140066)
You
probably
know
you
should
say
“please”
and
“thank
you”
at
restaurants.You
probably
know
the
rules
of
a
library.You
know
you
should
respect
teachers
and
be
nice
to
your
classmates.But
do
you
have
music
manners
Keep
It
Down!You
have
to
notice
the
volume
of
your
music.You
should
not
play
your
music
so
loud
that
everyone
around
you
can
hear
it.Some
people
might
even
get
angry.Usually,when
you
play
the
music
loud
on
an
MP3
player,other
people
can’t
hear
the
words
of
the
song.They
just
hear
a
loud
sound.No
one
wants
to
listen
to
that.Very
loud
music
can
also
be
bad
for
your
ears,so
even
if
you
are
alone
when
listening
to
your
MP3
player,you
shouldn’t
have
it
turned
up
too
high.
Take
Them
Off!You
need
to
know
when
to
turn
your
MP3
player
off
and
put
it
away.Libraries
and
schools
don’t
allow
MP3
players.There
are
other
places,like
museums,which
don’t
have
rules,but
it
would
be
rude
to
have
your
MP3
player
on.Sometimes,it
just
doesn’t
make
sense
to
listen
to
your
MP3
player
on
public
occasions.Why
would
you
listen
to
music
at
a
play,a
movie
or
a
sporting
event You
would
miss
what
is
going
on
and
others
would
wonder
why
you
even
came.
Take
One
Out!Once
in
a
while
it’s
okay
just
to
take
out
one
earphone
and
not
the
other.Imagine
you
are
listening
to
your
MP3
player
when
someone
asks
you
the
way.It
would
not
be
rude
to
take
out
one
earphone,tell
him
the
way,and
put
back
the
earphone
and
continue
listening.You
can
also
do
this
when
you
order
food
at
a
fast-food
restaurant
or
when
you
answer
the
telephone
and
it’s
not
for
you.
It’s
Your
Choice!There
are
times
when
you
need
to
decide
what
is
best.For
example,some
people
can
listen
to
music
on
their
MP3
players
when
they
read
books,while
others
think
it
is
disturbing.In
cases
like
this,you
need
to
do
what
seems
right
for
you.
9The
underlined
word
“volume”
in
Paragraph
2
probably
means
“
”.
A.the
type
of
music
B.the
amount
of
a
sound
C.the
length
of
a
song
D.the
colour
of
the
MP3
player
答案B
解析根据画线词的后一句“You
should
not
play
your
music
so
loud
that
everyone
around
you
can
hear
it.”可知此处指的是音量,故选B项。
10No
one
wants
to
listen
to
from
others’
MP3
player.
A.a
loud
sound
B.sad
stories
C.a
long
movie
D.the
words
of
a
song
答案A
解析根据第二段中的“Usually,when
you
play
the
music
loud
on
an
MP3
player,other
people
can’t
hear
the
words
of
the
song.They
just
hear
a
loud
sound.No
one
wants
to
listen
to
that.”可知选A项。
11It’s
all
right
to
use
your
MP3
player
in
.
A.schools
B.libraries
C.restaurants
D.museums
答案C
解析根据倒数第二段中的“You
can
also
do
this
when
you
order
food
at
a
fast-food
restaurant
or
when
you
answer
the
telephone
and
it’s
not
for
you.”可知选C项。
12What
can
be
the
best
title
for
this
passage
A.Music
Lovers
B.Music
Manners
C.MP3
Players
D.MP3
Earphones
答案B
解析这篇短文主要讲述了我们在听音乐时应该注意的一些社会礼貌问题,故选B项。
第二节(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
(导学号57140067)
What
is
your
favourite
colour Do
you
like
yellow,orange
or
red 13
Do
you
prefer
grey
and
blue Then
you
are
probably
quiet,shy,and
you
would
rather
follow
than
lead.You
tend
to
be
pessimist.At
least,that
is
what
psychologists
tell
us,and
they
should
know,because
they
have
been
seriously
studying
the
meaning
of
colour
preference,as
well
as
the
effect
that
colours
have
on
human
beings. 14
If
you
happen
to
love
brown,you
did
so,as
soon
as
you
opened
your
eyes,or
at
least
as
soon
as
you
could
see
clearly.
15
A
yellow
room
makes
most
people
feel
more
cheerful
and
more
relaxed
than
a
dark
green
one;and
a
red
dress
brings
warmth
and
cheer
to
the
saddest
winter
day. 16
A
black
bridge
over
the
Thames
River,near
London,used
to
be
the
scene
of
more
suicides
than
any
other
bridge
in
the
area—until
it
was
repainted
green.The
number
of
suicide
attempts
immediately
fell
sharply.Perhaps
it
would
have
fallen
even
more
if
the
bridge
had
been
done
in
pink
or
baby
blue.
17
It
is
an
established
fact
that
factory
workers
work
better,harder,and
have
fewer
accidents
when
their
machines
are
painted
orange
rather
than
black
or
grey.
A.On
the
other
hand,black
is
depressing.
B.The
rooms
are
painted
in
different
colours
as
you
like.
C.Life
is
like
a
picture
or
a
poem,full
of
different
colours.
D.Colours
do
influence
our
moods—there
is
no
doubt
about
it.
E.Light
and
bright
colours
make
people
not
only
happier
but
also
more
active.
F.If
you
do,you
must
be
an
optimist,a
leader,an
active
person
who
enjoys
life,people
and
excitement.
G.They
tell
us,among
other
facts,that
we
do
not
choose
our
favourite
colour
as
we
grow
up—we
are
born
with
our
preference.
答案13~17
FGDAE
二、英语知识运用(共两节,满分45分)
第一节:完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
(导学号57140068)
When
Dave
was
eighteen,he
bought
a
second-hand
car
for
$200
so
that
he
could
travel
to
and
from
work
more
18
than
by
bus.It
worked
quite
well
for
a
few
years,but
then
it
got
so
old,and
it
was
costing
him
19
much
in
repairs
that
he
decided
that
he
had
better
20
it.
He
asked
among
his
friends
to
see
if
anyone
was
particularly
21
to
buy
a
cheap
car,but
they
all
knew
that
it
was
falling
to
pieces,so
22
of
them
had
any
desire
to
buy
it.Dave’s
friend
Sam
saw
that
he
was
23
when
they
met
one
evening,and
said,“What’s
24 ,Dave ”
Dave
told
him,and
Sam
answered,“Well,what
about
advertising
it
in
the
paper You
may
25
more
for
it
that
way
than
the
cost
of
the
advertisement!”
Thinking
that
Sam’s
26
was
sensible(合理的),he
put
an
advertisement
in
an
evening
paper,which
read
“For
sale:small
car, 27
very
little
petrol,only
two
owners.Bargain
at
$50.”
For
two
days
after
the
advertisement
first
appeared,there
was
no
28 .But
then
on
Saturday
evening
he
had
an
enquiry(询问).A
man
rang
up
and
said
he
would
like
to
29
him
about
the
car.“All
right,”
Dave
said,feeling
happy.He
asked
the
man
whether
ten
o’clock
the
next
morning
would
be
30
or
not.“Fine,”
the
man
said,“and
I’ll
31
my
wife.We
intend
to
go
for
a
ride
in
it
to
32
it.”
The
next
morning,at
a
quarter
to
ten,Dave
parked
the
car
in
the
square
outside
his
front
door, 33
to
wait
there
for
the
people
who
had
34
his
advertisement.Even
Dave
had
to
35
that
the
car
really
looked
like
a
wreck(残骸).Then,soon
after
he
had
got
the
car
as
clean
36
it
could
be,a
police
car
stopped
just
behind
him
and
a
policeman
got
out.He
looked
at
Dave’s
car
and
then
said,“Have
you
reported
this
37
to
us
yet,sir ”
18A.directly
B.safely
C.properly
D.easily
答案D
解析easily表示更容易,他买车的主要目的是为了上下班方便。
19A.so
B.such
C.very
D.too
答案A
解析句意:修理费太多,以至于他决定把车卖掉。so
...that
...是一个固定结构,意为“如此……以至于……”。
20A.keep
B.repair
C.sell
D.throw
答案C
解析见上题解析。
21A.anxious
B.lucky
C.ashamed
D.generous
答案A
解析戴夫想了解是否有人“急着”买车,他想卖掉车。be
anxious
to
do
sth“急于做某事”。
22A.some
B.neither
C.none
D.most
答案C
解析前面已经提到“it
was
falling
to
pieces(车很快要成碎片)”,所以“没有人”愿意买。
23A.delighted
B.upset
C.calm
D.astonished
答案B
解析因为没人愿意买车,所以他很“伤心”。
24A.on
B.up
C.it
D.that
答案B
解析what’s
up表示“怎么回事,发生了什么”,符合题意。
25A.learn
B.miss
C.get
D.find
答案C
解析句意:在报纸上做广告怎样 你“得到的”绝对比广告费用要多。
26A.message
B.advice
C.request
D.description
答案B
解析考虑到山姆的“建议”有道理,他在报纸上登了广告。
27A.uses
B.loses
C.has
D.spends
答案A
解析uses表示“使用”,在这里表示车很省油。lose
“丢失”;have
“有”;spend
“花费”。
28A.doubt
B.help
C.trouble
D.answer
答案D
解析answer意为“回应”,no
answer表示广告登出去以后无人问津。doubt
“怀疑”;help
“帮助”;trouble
“麻烦”。
29A.tell
B.see
C.agree
D.call
答案B
解析这里表示来看车。
30A.exact
B.suitable
C.early
D.late
答案B
解析suitable表示“合适的”,在这里是问第二天早上十点钟是否合适。
31A.follow
B.meet
C.bring
D.introduce
答案C
解析句意:我会“带”我的妻子来。
32A.recognize
B.gain
C.admire
D.test
答案D
解析买车的人将和妻子一道来“测试”一下车子。recognize“认出”;gain“获得,得到”;admire“羡慕”。
33A.happening
B.meaning
C.turning
D.failing
答案B
解析mean
to意为“打算做”。在这儿是打算等买车的人。
34A.read
B.inserted
C.answered
D.placed
答案C
解析answer在本句中表示“回应”,就是指那个看了广告以后准备来看车的人。
35A.forget
B.show
C.disagree
D.admit
答案D
解析admit意为“承认”,在这里表示他自己也不得不承认自己的车看起来太旧了。
36A.as
B.that
C.so
D.such
答案A
解析as
clean
as
it
could
be
“尽可能得干净”。
37A.bargain
B.sale
C.accident
D.result
答案C
解析警察看到那辆破车,以为发生了事故,故选accident。
第二节(共10小题;每小题1.5分,满分15分)
阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
(导学号57140069)
(2016·全国高考Ⅱ卷)
If
you
feel
stressed
by
responsibilities
at
work,you
should
take
a
step
back
and
identify
(识别)
those
of
38 (great)
and
less
importance.Then,handle
the
most
important
tasks
first
so
you’ll
feel
a
real
sense
of
39 (achieve).Leaving
the
less
important
things
until
tomorrow
40 (be)
often
acceptable.
Most
of
us
are
more
focused
41
our
tasks
in
the
morning
than
we
are
later
in
the
day.So,get
an
early
start
and
try
to
be
as
productive
42
possible
before
lunch.This
will
give
you
the
confidence
you
need
to
get
you
through
the
afternoon
and
go
home
feeling
accomplished.
Recent
43 (study)
show
that
we
are
far
more
productive
at
work
if
we
take
short
breaks
44 (regular).Give
your
body
and
brain
a
rest
by
stepping
outside
for
45
while,exercising,or
doing
something
you
enjoy.
If
you
find
something
you
love
doing
outside
of
the
office,you’ll
be
less
likely
46
(bring)
your
work
home.It
could
be
anything-gardening,cooking,music,sports-but
whatever
it
is, 47 (make)
sure
it’s
a
relief
from
daily
stress
rather
than
another
thing
to
worry
about.
38 39
40 41 42
43 44
45 46
47
答案38.greater 39.achievement 40.is 41.on 42.as
43.studies 44.regularly 45.a 46.to
bring 47.make
三、短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:在错的词下画一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:
1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.只允许修改10处,多者(从第11处起)不计分。
(导学号57140070)
Dear
Diary,
Here
I
am
in
the
middle
of
a
city,350
miles
far
away
from
our
farmhouse.Do
you
want
to
know
why
we
move
last
week Dad
lost
his
job,and
as
Mom
explained,“He
was
lucky
to
find
other
one.”
His
new
job
meant
I
had
to
say
goodbye
to
my
classmate,my
school
or
just
everything
else
I
love
in
the
world.To
make
matters
bad,now
I
have
to
share
a
room
with
my
younger
sister,Maggie.Tomorrow
is
first
day
of
school.I
am
awfully
tiring,but
I
know
I’ll
never
fall
sleep.
Good
night
and
remember,you,dear
Diary,is
my
only
souvenir
from
my
past
life
and
my
only
friend.
Yours,
Mary
答案
第一句:去掉far
第二句:move→moved
第三句:other→another
第四句:classmate→classmates;or→and
第五句:bad→worse
第六句:first前加my或the
第七句:tiring→tired;sleep→asleep
第八句:is→are
四、书面表达(满分25分)
为了丰富外国留学生的生活,你校学生会将举办一次音乐周活动。请你以组织者的身份写一个书面通知。有关内容如下:
时间:5月第1周
活动:
1.演唱歌曲:流行歌曲
2.器乐演奏:古典和民间音乐
3.音乐比赛:听歌曲片段,然后猜出处
地点:届时通知
参加者请于4月20日前报名。
注意:
1.书面通知应写成一篇连贯的短文;
2.可以适当增减细节;
3.100词左右;
4.通知格式已为你写好,不计入总词数。
参考词汇:古典的
classical 民间的
folk
乐器
musical
instrument 比赛
contest
April
10
Dear
students,
.
The
Students’
Union
参考范文
April
10
Dear
students,
The
Students’
Union
has
decided
to
organize
a
music
week.It
will
be
held
in
the
first
week
of
May.The
activities
include
singing
pop
songs
and
playing
classical
and
folk
music.Bring
your
own
musical
instruments,please.A
music
contest
will
be
included,too.The
students
taking
part
in
the
contest
will
listen
to
part
of
a
song
or
a
piece
of
music,and
then
guess
where
it
comes
from.If
you’d
like
to
take
part
in
the
music
week,please
come
and
sign
up
for
it
before
April
20th.The
place
for
the
activities
will
be
announced
later.
Come
for
great
fun!
The
Students’
Union 第三单元检测
(时间:90分钟 满分:120分)
一、阅读理解(共两节,满分40分)
第一节(共12小题;每小题2.5分,满分30分)
阅读下面短文,从每题所给的A、B、C和D四个选项中,选出最佳选项。
A
A
group
of
swans
flew
down
to
a
beach
where
a
crow
was
jumping
around.The
crow
watched
them
with
disdain(鄙视).
“You
have
no
flying
skills
at
all!”
he
said
to
the
swans.“All
you
can
do
is
to
move
your
wings.Can
you
turn
over
in
the
air No,that’s
beyond
you.Let’s
have
a
flying
competition.I’ll
show
you
what
real
flying
is!”
One
of
the
swans,a
strong
young
male,took
up
the
challenge.The
crow
flew
up
and
began
to
show
his
skills.He
flew
in
circles,performed
other
flying
tricks,and
then
came
down
and
looked
proudly
at
the
swan.
Now
it
was
the
swan’s
turn.He
flew
up,and
began
flying
over
the
sea.The
crow
flew
after
him,making
all
kinds
of
comments
about
his
flying.They
flew
on
and
on
till
they
couldn’t
see
the
land
and
there
was
nothing
but
water
on
all
sides.The
crow
was
making
fewer
and
fewer
comments.He
was
now
so
exhausted
that
he
found
it
hard
to
stay
in
the
air,and
had
to
struggle
to
keep
himself
from
falling
into
the
water.
The
swan
pretended
not
to
notice,and
said,“Why
do
you
keep
touching
the
water,brother Is
that
another
trick ”
“No,”
said
the
crow.He
knew
he
had
lost
the
competition.“I’m
in
trouble
because
of
my
pride!If
you
don’t
help
me,I’ll
lose
my
life
...”
The
swan
took
pity
on
him,and
took
him
on
his
shoulders
and
flew
back
to
the
beach.
1What’s
the
correct
order
of
the
following
events
a.The
crow
showed
off
its
flying
skills.
b.The
swan
felt
pity
for
the
crow
and
saved
it.
c.The
crow
laughed
at
the
swan’s
flying.
d.The
crow
followed
the
swan
and
got
into
trouble.
e.The
crow
challenged
the
swans
and
a
strong
young
swan
accepted
it.
A.e,c,d,a,b
B.a,e,c,d,b
C.c,e,a,d,b
D.e,a,d,c,b
答案C
解析根据短文描述,可知首先是天鹅接受了挑战,然后乌鸦跟随者天鹅遇到麻烦,再就是乌鸦向天鹅求救,最后天鹅救了乌鸦的命。故选C项。
2Why
did
the
crow
keep
touching
the
water
A.It
was
showing
another
flying
skill.
B.It
was
struggling
to
keep
itself
from
falling
into
the
water.
C.It
was
thirsty
and
wanted
to
drink
some
water.
D.It
was
enjoying
itself
by
doing
so.
答案B
解析由文中的“had
to
struggle
to
keep
himself
from
falling
into
the
water”可知乌鸦这样做的原因是为了不让自己落水。故选B项。
3What
can
we
infer
from
the
passage
A.The
crow
didn’t
know
flying.
B.Flying
skills
were
useless.
C.The
swan
saved
the
crow
because
they
were
good
friends.
D.The
swan
was
better
at
long-distance
flying
than
the
crow.
答案D
解析这篇短文中的乌鸦是在长途飞行中输给了天鹅,可见天鹅比乌鸦更善于长途飞行。故选D项。
4What
does
the
story
tell
us
A.No
pains,no
gains.
B.The
early
bird
catches
the
worm.
C.Pride
goes
before
a
fall.
D.Practice
makes
perfect.
答案C
解析这篇短文中骄傲的乌鸦由于骄傲,挑战天鹅,最后被它瞧不起的天鹅救了命,从而告诉我们骄傲使人落后的道理。故选C项。
B
(导学号57140053)
Many
of
us
don’t
pay
much
attention
to
the
importance
of
eye
care.It
is
said
that
if
you
take
care
of
your
body,then
you
can
surely
be
healthy.That
is
why
our
eyes
should
be
given
a
lot
of
care.Natural
eye
care
should
be
put
in
a
number
one
place.
There
are
several
causes
leading
to
poor
eyesight
like
not
enough
food,genes
and
aging.Televisions,computers
and
reading
are
also
the
causes
of
having
poor
eyesight.If
you
happen
to
work
in
front
of
the
computer,it
is
best
to
take
a
break
every
once
in
a
while.Something
dirty
can
cause
redness
and
they
will
make
you
feel
uncomfortable.It
is
bad
for
your
eyes,too.If
this
happens,the
best
way
is
to
clean
your
eyes
by
using
cold
water.You
must
also
try
your
best
to
protect
your
eyes
from
harmful
things.For
example,sunglasses
are
not
just
for
fashion
but
they
can
also
serve
as
a
great
way
to
protect
your
eyesight
from
UV
rays.
Eating
healthy
foods
will
do
good
to
your
eyesight.Remember
that
vitamins
A,C
and
E
are
good
for
eyes.Try
to
eat
food
groups
that
have
these
vitamins.And
you
should
do
eye
exercises
because
exercise
protects
your
eyesight,too.If
a
person
exercises
regularly
and
eats
the
right
kind
of
food,his
eyes
will
stay
in
good
condition
for
a
long
time.
All
above
are
natural
ways
of
eye
care
that
help
us
keep
healthy
eyes.Being
happy
all
the
time
can
be
helpful
to
a
person’s
eyesight,too.In
a
word,eye
care
is
very
important,no
matter
how
old
a
person
is.
5
is
the
most
important
way
to
protect
our
eyes.
A.Natural
eye
care
B.Taking
medicine
C.Seeing
the
doctor
D.Being
happy
all
the
time
答案A
解析根据第一段中的“Natural
eye
care
should
be
put
in
a
Number
One
place.”可知,本题选A项。
6All
the
following
causes
can
lead
to
bad
eyesight
except
.
A.age
B.exercise
C.reading
D.computers
答案B
解析阅读全文可知年龄、读书、玩电脑,都可能引起视力的变化,高度与视力无关。故不是引起视力变坏的原因。所以本题选B项。
7What
should
you
do
if
you
have
to
work
in
front
of
the
computer
A.Eat
healthy
foods.
B.Clean
the
eyes
by
using
cold
water.
C.Wear
a
pair
of
sunglasses.
D.Have
a
rest
after
working
for
a
while.
答案D
解析根据第二段中的“it
is
best
to
take
a
break
every
once
in
a
while”可知,在电脑前工作一段时间后,我们应休息一会。所以本题选D项。
8Which
is
the
best
title
of
the
passage
A.Ways
of
Eye
Care
B.Ways
of
Eye
Exercises
C.Ways
of
Being
Happy
D.Ways
of
Being
Healthy
答案A
解析通过阅读全文可知本文主要讲述保护眼睛的方法。所以本题选A项。
C
(导学号57140054)
World
Sleep
Day
happens
in
March
every
year.Its
aim
is
to
draw
public
attention
to
the
benefits
of
good
and
healthy
sleep.
Fangfang,from
Liaoning,just
became
a
high
school
student
last
September.She
gets
up
at
5:30
am
every
day
and
goes
to
bed
at
about
midnight.Fangfang
feels
sleepy
all
the
time.“I
want
to
finish
all
my
homework
first,”
she
said.
Sleep
is
like
food
for
the
brain.Enough
sleep
helps
the
body
and
brain
grow
and
develop.According
to
the
National
Sleep
Foundation
in
the
US,adults
need
seven
to
nine
hours
of
sleep
every
night.For
students
who
are
10
to
17
years
old,a
healthy
amount
is
about
eight
to
nine
hours
every
night.
But
many
students
don’t
get
enough
sleep
because
of
early
school
start
time
and
heavy
homework.About
80
percent
of
middle
school
students
don’t
get
enough
sleep,the
China
Youth
and
Children
Research
Center
reported.For
some
students,they
want
to
sleep
early,but
they
keep
worrying
about
their
schoolwork
and
can’t
fall
asleep
quickly.For
others,they
may
even
have
insomnia,and
usually
they
have
to
ask
the
doctors
for
help.
These
sleeping
problems
greatly
affect
people’s
life.Some
doctors
found
out
that
lack
of
sleep
for
teenagers
leads
to
poor
grades.Students
without
enough
sleep
cannot
pay
attention
in
class
or
do
well
in
sports.Also,they
often
become
anxious
easily.
Luckily,with
good
sleep
habits,it
is
easier
to
fall
asleep.Some
of
these
good
habits
include
avoiding
drinks
that
make
people
excited
late
in
the
day,going
to
sleep
at
the
same
time
every
night,and
sleeping
in
a
comfortable
place
that
is
dark,quiet,and
neither
too
warm
nor
too
cold.
More
tips
to
get
a
good
night’s
sleep:
Exercise
during
the
day.You’d
better
do
sports
three
hours
before
going
to
bed.
Don’t
eat
big
meals
before
bedtime.Drink
a
warm
glass
of
milk.
If
you
stay
awake
worrying
about
things,try
making
a
list
of
things
that
you
need
to
do
before
you
go
to
bed.
9How
much
sleep
do
students
aged
from
10
to
17
need
every
night
A.7
hours.
B.8-9
hours.
C.10-12
hours.
D.Less
than
7
hours.
答案B
解析根据文章第三段中的“For
students
who
are
10
to
17
years
old,a
healthy
amount
is
about
eight
to
nine
hours
every
night.”可知,10到17岁的学生每天晚上需要睡觉8~9个小时。故选B项。
10If
teenagers
don’t
get
enough
sleep,they
may
.
A.do
well
in
sports
B.grow
and
develop
better
C.feel
sleepy
in
class
D.do
much
better
in
studies
答案C
解析根据第五段中的“Students
without
enough
sleep
cannot
pay
attention
in
class
or
do
well
in
sports.Also,they
often
become
anxious
easily.”可知选C项。
11Which
of
the
following
is
a
good
sleeping
habit
according
to
the
passage
A.Do
exercise
at
night
before
going
to
bed.
B.Going
to
sleep
at
the
same
time
every
night.
C.Going
to
sleep
in
a
place
where
it
is
bright.
D.Eat
big
meals
or
drink
a
lot
of
wine
at
night.
答案B
解析根据文章可知,好的睡眠习惯是:睡觉前3个小时做运动;每天都在同一个时间睡觉;要在黑暗、安静的房间睡觉;睡觉前不要吃太多,喝许多酒。故选B项。
12What
is
the
main
idea
of
the
passage
A.People
should
sleep
well
to
live
healthy
and
study
better.
B.Teenagers
should
sleep
longer
on
Saturdays
and
Sundays.
C.People
should
see
the
doctor
if
they
don’t
have
enough
sleep.
D.Teenagers
don’t
get
enough
sleep
because
of
heavy
homework.
答案A
解析这篇文章讲述了好的睡眠能够使我们健康,学习更好,青少年应该拥有充足的睡眠。故选A项。
第二节(共5小题;每小题2分,满分10分)
根据短文内容,从短文后的选项中选出能填入空白处的最佳选项。选项中有两项为多余选项。
(导学号57140055)
There
is
an
English
saying:“ 13 ”
Until
recently,few
people
took
the
saying
seriously.Now,however,doctors
have
begun
to
look
into
laughter
and
the
effects
it
has
on
the
human
body. 14
Tests
were
carried
out
to
study
the
effects
of
laughter
on
the
body.People
watched
funny
films
while
doctors
checked
their
hearts,blood
pressure,breathing
and
muscles.It
was
found
that
laughter
has
similar
effects
to
physical
exercise. 15
If
laughter
exercises
the
body,it
must
be
beneficial.
Other
tests
have
shown
that
laughter
appears
to
be
able
to
reduce
the
effect
of
pain
on
the
body.In
one
experiment
doctors
produced
pain
in
groups
of
students
who
listened
to
different
radio
programs.The
group
that
tolerated(忍耐)the
pain
for
the
longest
time
was
the
group
which
listened
to
a
funny
program. 16
17 They
have
found
that
even
if
their
patients
do
not
really
feel
like
laughing,making
them
smile
is
enough
to
produce
beneficial
effects
similar
to
those
caused
by
laughter.
A.Laughter
is
the
best
medicine.
B.Laughter
can
prolong
one’s
life.
C.They
have
found
that
laughter
really
can
improve
people’s
health.
D.It
increases
blood
pressure,the
heart
beating
and
breathing;it
also
works
several
groups
of
muscles
in
the
face,the
stomach
and
even
the
feet.
E.The
reason
why
laughter
can
reduce
pain
seems
to
be
that
it
helps
to
produce
a
kind
of
chemicals
in
the
brain
which
diminish
both
stress
and
pain.
F.Although
laughter
helps
cure
the
disease,doctors
still
cannot
put
this
theory
into
clinic
practice.
G.As
a
result
of
these
discoveries,some
doctors
in
the
United
States
now
hold
laughter
clinics
in
which
they
help
to
improve
their
patients’
condition
by
encouraging
them
to
laugh.
答案13~17
ACDEG
二、英语知识运用(共两节,满分45分)
第一节:完形填空(共20小题;每小题1.5分,满分30分)
(导学号57140056)
In
Britain,people
have
different
attitudes
to
the
police.Most
people
generally
18
the
job
they
do,although
there
are
certain
people
who
do
not
believe
that
the
police
19
have
the
power
that
they
do.
What
does
a
policeman
actually
do It
is
not
20
job
to
describe.After
all,a
policeman
has
a
number
of
jobs
in
21 .A
policeman
often
has
to
control
traffic,either
22
foot
in
the
centre
of
a
town,or
in
a
police
car
on
the
roads.Indeed,in
Britain,he
might
be
in
the
Traffic
Police
and
spend
all,or
a
lot
of,his
time
23
up
and
down
main
roads
and
motorways.A
traffic
policeman
has
to
help
keep
the
traffic
moving,stop
24
motorists
and
help
when
there
is
an
accident.
A
policeman
has
to
help
keep
the
25 ,too.If
there
is
a
fight
or
some
other
accidents,we
26
the
police
to
come
and
keep
order.And
they
often
have
to
27
situation
at
great
risk
to
their
own
28 .We
expect
the
police
to
solve
crimes,of
course,so
an
ordinary
policeman, 29
he
is
not
a
detective(侦探),will
often
have
to
help
30
and
arrest
criminals.
And
31
do
we
call
when
there
is
an
emergency—an
air
crash,a
32 ,a
road
accident,or
a
robbery We
call
the
police. 33
a
policeman
has
to
be
34
to
face
any
unpleasant
emergency
that
may
happen
in
the
35
world.The
police
do
an
absolutely
necessary
job;they
do
it
36
well
and
I
support
them.But
I
do
not
envy
policemen.I
do
not
think
that
I
could
37
do
the
job
of
a
policeman.
18A.dislike
B.join
C.appreciate
D.admire
答案C
解析句意:大部分人对警察所做的工作表示“感激”。
19A.should
B.would
C.could
D.must
答案A
解析句意:虽然有一些人认为警察不“应该”拥有他们现在所拥有的权力。
20A.a
funny
B.a
pleasant
C.an
interesting
D.an
easy
答案D
解析由下文可知,警察工作很繁忙,所以是不“容易”的。
21A.it
B.one
C.his
D.them
答案B
解析由下文可知,一个警察要做很多工作。in
one是固定搭配,意为“集一身的;多功能的”。又如,It
is
a
bedroom
and
a
sitting
room
in
one.这既是卧室,又是客厅。
22A.on
B.by
C.under
D.with
答案A
解析固定短语on
foot,在本句中意为“徒步”。
23A.walking
B.driving
C.wandering
D.searching
答案B
解析在motorway上不能步行,只能行车,所以选driving。
24A.resting
B.tired
C.speeding
D.drunken
答案C
解析speeding
motorists“超速的驾驶员”。
25A.peace
B.silence
C.situation
D.condition
答案A
解析由下文中的“there
is
a
fight”可知此处表达的意思是维护“和平”。
26A.wait
B.invite
C.think
of
D.expect
答案D
解析句意:如果发生了打斗或其他事故,我们“期待”警察到来并维持秩序。
27A.turn
to
B.avoid
C.deal
with
D.treat
答案C
解析警察面对情况是要处理的,所以要用deal
with。treat“对待,治疗”。
28A.safety
B.families
C.future
D.friends
答案A
解析警察处理情况时也有危险威胁他们的“安全”。
29A.so
that
B.as
if
C.however
D.even
if
答案D
解析句意:一个普通的警察,“即使”他并非是个侦探,常常也要帮着寻找并抓捕罪犯。
30A.get
rid
of
B.question
C.look
for
D.sentence
答案C
解析见上题。
31A.how
B.where
C.what
D.who
答案D
解析句意:当紧急情况发生的时候我们会给“谁”打电话呢
32A.power
failure
B.fire
C.thunder
storm
D.meeting
答案B
解析上文提到了emergency,四个选项中只有fire是紧急情况。
33A.Yet
B.Then
C.As
D.So
答案D
解析由上文可知我们面对紧急情况时总是找警察,用so表示“因此”。
34A.provided
B.promised
C.prepared
D.presented
答案C
解析句意:所以警察必须随时准备面对发生在现在世界上的一些不好的紧急事件。be
prepared
to
do
sth“随时准备做某事”。
35A.future
B.modern
C.real
D.whole
答案B
解析in
the
modern
world
“在现代社会”。
36A.extremely
B.specially
C.surprisingly
D.particularly
答案A
解析extremely是very的意思,此处是对警察的工作表示肯定。
37A.hardly
B.forever
C.ever
D.never
答案C
解析ever在本句中起到加强语气的作用,无实际意义,可省略。
第二节(共10小题;每小题1.5分,满分15分)
阅读下面短文,在空白处填入1个适当的单词或括号内单词的正确形式。
(导学号57140057)
In
order
to
know
a
foreign
language
38 (good),four
things
are
necessary.Firstly,we
must
understand
the
language
when
we
hear
it
39 (speak).Secondly,we
must
be
able
to
speak
it
correctly
with
confidence
and
without
40 (hesitate).Thirdly,we
must
be
able
to
read
the
language,and
fourthly,we
must
be
able
to
write
it.We
must
be
able
to
make
sentences
that
are
grammatically
correct.
There
is
no
easy
way
to
success
in
language
learning. 41
good
memory
is
of
great
help,but
it
is
not
enough
only
42 (memorize)rules
from
a
grammar
book.It
is
not
much
use
learning
by
heart
long
lists
of
words
and
43
meanings,studying
the
dictionary
and
so
on.We
must
learn
by
using
the
language. 44
we
are
satisfied
with
only
a
few
rules
we
have
memorized,we
are
not
really
learning
the
language.“Learn
through
use”
is
a
good
piece
of
45 (advise)for
those
46
are
studying
a
new
language.Practice
is
important.We
must
practice
speaking
and
47 (write)the
language
whenever
we
can.
38 39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
答案38.well 39.spoken 40.hesitation 41.A 42.to
memorize 43.their 44.If 45.advice 46.who 47.writing
三、短文改错(共10小题;每小题1分,满分10分)
假定英语课上老师要求同桌之间交换修改作文,请你修改你同桌写的以下作文。文中共有10处语言错误,每句中最多有两处。每处错误仅涉及一个单词的增加、删除或修改。
增加:在缺词处加一个漏字符号(∧),并在其下面写出该加的词。
删除:把多余的词用斜线(\)画掉。
修改:在错的词下画一横线,并在该词下面写出修改后的词。
注意:1.每处错误及其修改均仅限一词;
2.只允许修改10处,多者(从第11处起)不计分。
(导学号57140058)
My
dream
school
starts
at
8:30
am
and
ends
at
3:30
pm.They
are
three
lessons
in
the
morning
and
two
in
the
afternoon.We
didn’t
need
to
do
so
many
homework.Therefore,we
have
more
time
with
after-school
activities.For
example,we
can
do
reading
for
one
and
a
half
hour
and
play
sports
for
one
hour
every
day.
My
dream
school
look
like
a
big
garden.There
are
all
kinds
of
the
flowers
and
trees
around
the
classroom
buildings.We
can
lie
on
the
grass
for
a
rest,or
sat
by
the
lake
listening
music.The
teachers
here
are
kind
and
helpfully.They
are
not
only
our
teachers
but
also
our
friends.
答案第二句:They→There
第三句:didn’t→don’t;many→much
第四句:with→for
第五句:第一个hour→hours
第六句:look→looks
第七句:去掉第一个the
第八句:sat→sit;listening后加to
第九句:helpfully→helpful
四、书面表达(满分25分)
网购已成为很多高中生青睐的现代购物方式。请你以“Online
Shopping”为题,从以下三个方面,用英语写一篇短文,谈谈自己对网购的一些看法。
1.越来越多的高中生喜欢在网上购买商品;
2.网上购物可能存在的问题;
3.你的建议。
注意:1.词数100左右;
2.可适当增加细节,以使行文连贯。
参考词汇:网店店主
the
Internet
shopping
provider;假货
fake
goods
Online
Shopping
参考范文
Online
Shopping
Nowadays,online
shopping
has
been
becoming
increasingly
popular
among
senior
school
students
and
they
prefer
to
buy
almost
everything
they
want
online.
Online
shopping,however,can
sometimes
bring
headaches
to
students
when
they
enjoy
shopping
online.Firstly,the
quality
of
the
objects
may
not
be
as
good
as
they
are
described
and
it
is
possible
for
them
to
buy
fake
goods.In
addition,some
students
find
it
very
hard
to
make
a
change
when
they
are
not
satisfied
with
the
commodities
bought
online.
I
strongly
hold
the
view
that
regulations
and
rules
should
be
made
to
check
the
Internet
shopping
providers.Only
in
this
way
will
online
shopping
really
benefit
us
and
become
more
and
more
popular.Unit
2
The
Olympic
Games
Section
Ⅰ
—
Warming
Up,Pre-reading,
Reading
&
Comprehending
一、根据句意和汉语或首字母提示写出单词
1Xu
Haifeng
was
China’s
first
gold
(奖章)
winner
in
the
Olympic
Games.
答案medal
2You
can
get
the
championship
only
if
you
beat
the
other
(竞争者).
答案competitors
3Which
country
will
(主办)
the
next
World
Cup
答案host
4Most
first-class
footballers
are
natural(天生的)
(运动员).
答案athletes
5Many
(体育场)
are
being
built
for
the
Olympic
Games.
答案stadiums
6Tens
of
thousands
of
v
worked
for
the
last
Asian
Games
wholeheartedly.
答案volunteers
7Mary
p
me
she
would
come
but
I
don’t
know
why
she
hasn’t
turned
up
yet.
答案promised
8Every
four
years
many
athletes
from
all
over
the
world
are
a
as
competitors.
答案admitted
9Robots
are
r
people
on
assembly
lines.
答案replacing
10About
800
athletes
c
in
fifteen
events
in
the
last
match.
答案competed
二、单句改错
1How
many
competitors
from
different
countries
willcompete
the
next
Olympic
Games
答案compete后加in
2He
used
to
writing
about
the
Olympic
Games
more
than
2,000
years
ago.
答案writing→write
3He
said
that
he
will
cover
the
accident
which
happened
in
that
factory.
答案will→would
4Every
fourth
years,the
Olympic
Games
are
held
in
the
world.
答案fourth→four
5We
have
known
that
the
next
Olympic
Games
are
to
held
in
this
city.
答案held前加be
6The
boy
as
well
as
his
parents
are
fond
of
playing
football
every
day.
答案are→is
7It’s
still
all
about
be
able
to
run
faster,jump
higher
and
throw
further.
答案be→being
8There
are
events
like
skiing
and
ice
skating
which
needs
snow
and
ice.
答案needs→need
9He
wants
to
treat
the
girl.I
want
to
treat
her,either.
答案either→too
10After
Tom
joined
in
the
baseball
club,he
took
part
in
many
competitions.
答案去掉第一个in
三、根据课文内容填空
1I
lived
in
you
call
“Ancient
Greece”
and
I
used
to
write
about
the
Olympic
Games
a
long
time
ago.
答案what
2There
are
two
main
sets
of
Games
—
the
Winter
and
the
Summer
Olympics,and
both
(hold)
every
four
years
a
regular
basis.
答案are
held;on
3It’s
in
the
Summer
Olympics
you
have
the
running
races,together
with
swimming,sailing
and
all
the
team
sports.
答案that
4For
each
Olympics,a
special
village
is
built
for
the
competitors
(live)
in.
答案to
live
5It’s
great
responsibility
but
also
great
honour
(choose).
答案a;a;to
be
chosen
6There’s
much
competition
among
countries
to
host
the
Olympics
as
(win)Olympic
medals.
答案as;to
win
★四、阅读理解
A
(导学号57140008)
The
Olympic
flame
The
Olympic
flame
is
a
symbol
carried
over
from
the
ancient
Olympics,where
a
flame
burned
at
the
altar(祭坛)
of
Zeus(宙斯)
throughout
competition.It
was
finally
reintroduced
at
the
1928
Amsterdam(阿姆斯特丹)
Games.
Carl
Diem,
chairman
of
the
organizing
committee
for
the
1936
Berlin
Games,proposed
that
the
flame
be
lit
in
Greece
and
transported
to
Berlin
via
a
torch
relay.The
idea
was
adopted
(采纳)
and
continued
at
every
Olympic
Games
since
1952.
The
flame
is
lit
at
the
ancient
site
(场所)
of
Olympia
by
the
natural
rays
of
the
sun
reflected(反射)
off
curved(弧形的)
mirror.
Olympic
motto
“Citius,Altius,Fortius”
is
a
Latin
phrase
meaning
“Swifter,Higher,Stronger”,which
Pierre
de
Coubertin
borrowed
from
Father
Henri
Didon
of
Paris.Didon
was
the
headmaster
of
Arcueil
College,and
used
the
phrase
to
describe
the
athletic
achievements(成就)
of
students
at
the
school.He
had
previously
been
at
the
Albert
Le
Grand
School,where
the
Latin
words
were
carved
in
the
stone
above
the
main
entrance.
Olympic
oath
“In
the
name
of
all
competitors,I
promise
that
we
shall
take
part
in
these
Olympic
Games,respecting
and
abiding
(遵守)
by
the
rules
that
govern
them,in
the
true
spirit
of
sportsmanship,for
the
glory
(荣誉)
of
sport
and
the
honour
of
our
teams.”
Written
by
Pierre
de
Coubertin,the
oath
is
taken
by
an
athlete
from
the
host
nation
(主办国)
while
holding
a
corner
of
the
Olympic
flag.The
athlete’s
oath
was
first
taken
by
Belgian
fencer
Victor
Boin
at
the
1920
Antwerp
Games.A
judge
from
the
host
country
also
speaks
the
oath,with
slightly
different
wording
(措辞).
1The
Olympic
flame
was
first
burned
at
in
modern
times.
A.the
1920
Games B.the
1928
Games
C.the
1936
Games
D.the
1952
Games
答案B
解析由第一段最后一句可知,奥运圣火于1928年阿姆斯特丹奥运会上被重新引进,因此选B项。
2The
underlined
word
in
Paragraph
2
means
“ ”.
A.agreed
B.ordered
C.decided
D.suggested
答案D
解析由“proposed”所在句的下一句可知卡尔·丁姆的想法被采纳,由此推出该词应是“提议,建议”的含义,因此选D项。
3From
the
passage
we
can
learn
that
.
A.the
first
torch
relay
was
held
at
the
1936
Berlin
Games
B.before
1936,no
flames
were
burned
at
the
Olympic
Games
C.Carl
Diem
suggested
that
flames
should
be
burned
at
the
Olympic
Games
D.the
Olympic
torch
has
been
burned
since
1924
答案A
解析由第二段可知1936年卡尔·丁姆提出传递圣火的主意被采纳,由此推出第一次火炬接力是在1936年柏林奥运会上进行的。
4The
Olympic
motto
was
.
A.written
by
Pierre
de
Coubertin
B.from
Greek
C.from
the
ancient
Olympic
Games
D.borrowed
from
Father
Henri
Didon
of
Paris
答案D
解析由文章第二部分“Olympic
motto”的第一句话可知,奥林匹克格言是从Father
Henri
Didon
of
Paris
那儿借鉴来的。
B
The
year
before
the
first
modern
Olympic
Games,Greece
invited
China
to
send
a
team.But
the
Qing
government(政府)
didn’t
send
any
athletes
to
the
Games.China
did
not
take
part
in
the
Olympics
until
the
10th
Games,held
in
Los
Angeles
in
1932.There,Liu
Changchun
took
part
in
the
men’s
100-metre
and
200-metre
races.He
did
not
win
any
medals.
China
won
her
first
gold
medal
at
the
23rd
Olympics
in
Los
Angeles
in
1984,when
Xu
Haifeng
won
the
men’s
shooting
event.China
came
in
fourth
with
15
gold
medals
in
all.
At
the
2000
Olympics
in
Sydney,Australia,China
won
28
gold
medals,entering
the
top
three
of
the
medal
chart
for
the
first
time.September
22nd,2000
was
named
China
Day
because
China
won
six
gold,three
silver
and
one
bronze
medals
that
day.
In
2004,the
28th
Olympic
Games
were
held
in
Athens,Greece.Two
hundred
and
two
countries
and
regions
took
part
in
the
Games.China
got
the
second
place
with
thirty-two
gold,seventeen
silver
and
fourteen
bronze
medals.
We
all
know
that
in
2008,the
Olympic
Games
were
held
in
Beijing,where
Chinese
athletes
won
the
most
gold
medals.
5When
was
China
first
invited
to
the
Olympics
A.In
the
Tang
Dynasty.
B.In
the
Song
Dynasty.
C.In
the
Ming
Dynasty.
D.In
the
Qing
Dynasty.
答案D
解析由第一段第一、二句话可知,当时是清政府没有派人参加,因此答案是清朝。
6Which
Olympics
did
China
take
part
in
A.The
tenth
Olympics.
B.The
eighth
Olympics.
C.The
fifth
Olympics.
D.The
first
Olympics.
答案A
解析由第一段第三句可知,中国参加了第10届奥运会。
7Who
won
the
first
gold
medal
for
China
in
the
Olympics
A.Liu
Changchun.
B.Xu
Haifeng.
C.Zhuang
Yong.
D.Liu
Xiang.
答案B
解析由第二段第一句可知,中国在1984年奥运会上获得了第一块金牌,而这是许海峰获得的。
8How
many
medals
did
China
win
at
the
28th
Olympics
A.Thirty-two.
B.Seventeen.
C.Fourteen.
D.Sixty-three.
答案D
解析中国在第28届奥运会上获得的奖牌数,即金牌+银牌+铜牌,一共63枚。
9In
2008
China
hosted
Olympic
Games.
A.the
28th
Winter
B.the
28th
Summer
C.the
29th
Winter
D.the
29th
Summer
答案D
解析首先需要知道奥运会每四年举办一次,再根据2004年是第28届夏季奥运会,2008年北京举办的当然是第29届夏季奥运会。
★五、七选五阅读理解
(导学号57140009)
1.
Being
angry
doesn’t
really
solve
much,but
what
people
do
when
they
feel
angry
is
important.The
goal
is
to
calm
down
and
try
to
solve
what
is
bothering
you.This
is
hard
for
some
kids
and
adults,too.Instead
of
calming
down,some
kids
might
keep
getting
more
and
more
upset
until
they
explode(爆发)
like
a
volcano(火山)!
2.
Their
anger
might
be
so
strong
that
they
lose
control
of
their
temper(脾气).They
may
act
in
ways
unacceptable
and
hurtful.People
may
say
that
someone
has
trouble
controlling
their
temper.3.
Some
kids
might
get
so
angry
that
they
scream
at
their
parents,break
something,or
even
worse,hit
their
brothers
or
sisters.4.
However,it’s
not
OK
for
a
kid
to
do
any
of
those
things.Kids
don’t
want
to
act
in
this
way,but
sometimes
angry
feelings
can
be
hard
to
manage.So
what
to
do
Well,the
good
news
is
that
kids
don’t
just
have
to
keep
making
the
same
mistakes
over
and
over
again.5.
Imagine
your
temper
as
a
puppy(小狗)inside
you
that
needs
some
training.The
puppy
is
not
bad—it
will
probably
turn
out
to
be
a
great
dog.It
just
needs
to
learn
some
rules
because,right
now,that
puppy
is
causing
some
problems
to
you.
A.You
can
train
your
temper.
B.You
don’t
want
to
cause
trouble.
C.Everybody
gets
angry
sometimes.
D.Some
kids
get
angry
more
often
or
more
easily
than
some
other
kids.
E.Kids
should
be
allowed
to
express
their
feelings,even
angry
ones.
F.In
fact,they
usually
mean
that
a
kid
behaves
badly
when
feeling
angry.
G.Instead
of
thinking
of
the
person
you’re
angry
with,think
of
something
else.
答案1~5
CDFEA
★六、语篇填空
(导学号57140010)
It
is
easy
to
overlook
1
role
that
your
body
plays
in
2 (influence)
your
mood.When
you
are
ill,you
may
find
3
blaming
work
pressures
or
an
unknown
future.However,it
could
just
be
that
you
have
been
sitting
behind
your
desk
too
long.
One
way
4 (improve)
your
mood
is
exercise.Psychologically,it
provides
you
5
a
break
from
the
stresses
in
your
life.Also,in
the
process,you
may
aim
for
clear
goals,like
a
new
6 (person)
running
record
or
a
better
body
shape.The
achievement
of
a
particular
goal
7 (make)
you
feel
good
and
contributes
to
your
8 (confident).That
is
why
exercise
has
been
shown
to
build
up
your
self-respect.
You
do
not
have
to
train
yourself
hard
to
feel
the
psychological
benefits
of
exercise.What
9 (real)
matters
is
frequency,not
intensity
of
your
exercise.You
can
try
walking
for
30
minutes
five
times
per
week
or
10 (simple)
gardening
on
weekends.
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.the 2.influencing 3.yourself 4.to
improve 5.with
6.personal 7.makes 8.confidence 9.really 10.simplyUnit
4
Wildlife
protection
Section
Ⅰ
—
Warming
Up,Pre-reading,
Reading
&
Comprehending
一、根据句意和汉语提示写出单词
1If
you
ask
me
to
finish
the
work
on
time,I
have
to
(雇用)
an
assistant.
答案employ
2This
book (包含)
all
the
information
you
need.
答案contains
3Their
opinions
will
not (影响)
my
decision.
答案affect
4We
should
pay
more
(注意)
to
state
affairs.
答案attention
5John
set
out
that
day
to (寻找)
for
work.
答案hunt
6Let’s
help
the
animals
in
(危险).
答案danger
7I
will
(感激)
it
if
you
could
come
to
help
me.
答案appreciate
8Let’s
live
in
(和睦)
and
lead
a
happy
life.
答案peace
9This
umbrella
will
(保护)
you
from
the
heavy
rain.
答案protect
10All
of
them
burst
into
(笑声)
when
they
heard
the
funny
story.
答案laughter
11In
(如释重负)
the
girl
took
a
deep
breath.
答案relief
12I
believe
you
can
(成功)
in
what
you
are
doing
now.
答案succeed
二、用适当的介词或副词填空
1One
day
Daisy
woke
and
found
a
flying
carpet
by
her
bed.
答案up
2Please
take
me
a
distant
land
where
I
can
find
the
animal
that
gave
fur
to
make
this
sweater.
答案to
3These
animals
are
being
killed
the
wool
beneath
their
stomachs.
答案for
4Daisy
turned
and
found
that
she
was
being
watched
by
an
elephant.
答案around
5
relief
Daisy
burst
laughing.
答案In;out
6Farmers
hunted
the
elephants
mercy.
答案without
三、单句改错
1We
should
take
some
measures
to
protect
those
endangering
birds.
答案endangering→endangered
2There
were
too
much
hunting
in
the
1950s.
答案were→was
3The
animals
are
left
in
the
peace
with
no
hunting
now.
答案去掉第二个the
4More
and
more
animals
and
plants
are
in
danger
for
disappearing.
答案for→of
5The
boy
made
a
face
and
the
girls
burst
into
laughing.
答案into→out或laughing→laughter
6You’d
better
use
an
umbrella
to
prevent
yourself
from
the
sun.
答案prevent→protect
7All
the
problems
should
be
paid
more
attention.
答案attention后加to
8You
will
be
appreciating
if
you
do
something
to
help
the
children
in
poor
areas.
答案appreciating→appreciated
9He
has
succeeded
finishing
the
work
on
time.
答案succeeded后加in
10Some
people
do
harms
to
the
animals.
答案harms→harm
四、句型转换
1Some
species
have
disappeared
in
China.
(改为同义句)
Some
species
have
in
China.
答案died
out
2What
they
have
done
does
harm
to
the
trees.(改为同义句)
What
they
have
done
the
trees.
答案is
harmful
to/is
bad
for
3The
old
lady
is
sleeping
peacefully.(改为同义句)
The
old
lady
is
sleeping
.
答案in
peace
4He
is
busy
preparing
for
the
exam.(改为同义句)
He
preparing
for
the
exam.
答案is
employed
in
5The
student
should
pay
attention
to
his
handwriting.(改为被动结构)
The
student’s
handwriting
should
.
答案be
paid
attention
to
★五、阅读理解
A
In
many
countries
today
laws
protect
wildlife.In
India
the
need
for
such
protection
was
realized
centuries
ago.
About
300
BC
an
Indian
writer
described
forests
that
were
somewhat
like
national
parks
today.The
game
of
killing
beasts
(狩猎动物)was
carefully
supervised
(管理).Some
animals
were
fully
protected.Within
the
forest,nobody
was
allowed
to
cut
timber(木材)for
charcoal
(木炭),or
trap
animals
for
their
furs.Animals
that
became
dangerous
to
human
visitors
were
trapped
or
killed
outside
the
park,so
that
other
animals
would
not
become
uneasy
(心神不安的).
The
need
for
wildlife
protection
is
even
greater
now
than
before.About
a
thousand
kinds
of
animals
are
in
danger
of
extinction,and
the
rate
(速度)
at
which
they
are
being
destroyed
has
increased.With
mammals
(哺乳动物),for
example,the
rate
of
extinction
is
now
about
one
kind
every
year;from
AD
1
to
1800,the
rate
was
about
one
kind
every
fifty
years.Everywhere,men
are
trying
to
solve
the
problem
of
protecting
wildlife
while
caring
about
the
world’s
growing
population.
1In
the
forests
of
ancient
India .
A.people
were
permitted
to
hunt
for
fun
B.many
kinds
of
animals
could
be
killed
C.the
game
of
killing
beasts
was
strictly
limited
D.no
killing
of
beasts
was
allowed
答案C
解析从第二段第二句“The
game
of
killing
beasts
was
carefully
supervised.”可知,猎杀野生动物是受到严格管理的。
2Dangerous
animals
were
caught
or
killed
outside
the
park
so
as
to .
A.keep
human
visitors
away
from
the
park
B.free
the
rest
of
the
animals
from
worry
or
fear
C.supply
other
animals
with
more
food
D.control
the
number
of
wild
animals
答案B
解析第二段最后一句说明答案。
3The
example
of
man’s
connection
with
wildlife
protection
can
date
back
to .
A.the
third
century
B.more
than
2,000
years
ago
C.AD
1
to
1800
D.over
300
years
ago
答案B
解析由第二段第一句可知,在公元前300年,一位印度作家已经详细记载了当时如何保护野生动物的情况,距今已有两千多年了。
4According
to
this
passage,which
of
the
following
is
RIGHT
A.The
growth
of
the
world’s
population
has
meant
a
greater
danger
to
wildlife.
B.About
two
thousand
kinds
of
animals
are
in
danger
of
extinction.
C.The
rate
of
extinction
of
mammals
is
lower
now
than
it
was
from
AD
1
to
1800.
D.Hunters
who
kill
endangered
kinds
are
punished
by
law.
答案A
解析由短文最后一句可推知,世界人口的增长对野生动物来说是危险的。
B
(导学号57140023)
Did
you
know
that
birds
could
be
“property
owners”,too In
spring,the
male
robin
(知更鸟)
looks
for
a
place
to
build
a
nest.A
tree
near
a
green
lawn
(草坪)
that
has
many
worms
(虫子)
suits
him
best.When
he
finds
the
right
place,he
sings
loudly.He
tells
other
birds
that
this
place
is
his
property.
At
the
same
time,other
birds
are
choosing
places
for
their
nests.A
robin
does
not
mind
if
swallows
nest
nearby
because
swallows
eat
insects.They
leave
his
worms
alone.But
other
robins
are
different.They
would
eat
the
worm
supplies
he
needs
for
his
own
family.
When
another
male
robin
comes
near,the
robin
owner
sings
to
warn
him
away.The
property
owner
looks
cross
and
fierce
(凶猛的).He
raises
his
head
feathers
and
holds
his
tail
high.If
the
owner
cannot
frighten
away
the
new
robin,he
attacks.The
two
fight
until
one
is
the
winner.The
new
bird
often
gives
up
and
flies
away.So
the
first
bird
has
defended
his
property.He
now
has
the
right
to
build
a
nest
in
the
place.
5The
male
robin
looks
for
a
place
to
build
a
nest
.
A.near
swallows
B.near
other
male
robins
C.near
a
lawn
with
worms
D.in
the
woods
答案C
解析由第一段第三句可知答案为C项。
6The
story
does
not
say
so,but
it
makes
you
think
that
robins
.
A.drive
away
all
the
other
birds
B.do
not
care
where
they
build
their
nests
C.are
careful
when
choosing
a
place
to
nest
D.are
not
afraid
of
other
birds
答案C
解析整篇文章都透露出知更鸟在选择筑巢的位置时非常慎重、小心。
7On
the
whole,this
story
is
about
.
A.what
robins
eat
B.robins
finding
a
nesting
place
C.robins
finding
friends
D.how
robins
live
with
swallows
答案B
解析从第一段到最后一段都在讲述知更鸟选择筑巢的位置及如何保护自己的家园。
8Why
does
the
male
robin
raise
his
head
feathers
and
hold
his
tail
high
A.He
wants
to
drive
away
another
male
robin.
B.He
is
getting
ready
to
hunt
for
worms.
C.He
is
too
warm.
D.He
wants
to
look
more
beautiful.
答案A
解析由第三段第三句和第四句可知,知更鸟的举动是为了吓走另一只鸟。
9In
this
passage
the
word
“cross”
means
.
A.angry
B.worried
C.happy
D.around
答案A
解析由该词所处的上下文可知,见到另外一只知更鸟来到自己的地盘,它当然生气。
★六、语篇填空
(导学号57140024)
My
deskmate
admires
my
fluent
English
very
much
and
I
usually
feel
1 (encourage)
by
his
compliments.
One
day, 2
we
learned
the
new
word
“eccentric”
in
class,we
3 (ask)
to
make
a
sentence
with
it.I
volunteered
to
do
it
by
saying
“My
deskmate
is
an
eccentric
boy
4
clothes
never
fit
him.”
Hearing
this,the
whole
class
burst
into
5 (laugh)
and
my
deskmate’s
face
turned
red. 6
class,I
learned
from
the
teacher
that
my
deskmate
7 (drop)
out
of
school
if
he
hadn’t
been
helped
by
others.My
mindless
words
must
8 (hurt)
him
deeply.
Not
until
then
did
I
realize
that
words
could
be
powerful
in
9
positive
and
negative
ways.We
should
avoid
hurting
others
if
we
can’t
always
be
10 (encourage)
when
we
speak.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.encouraged 2.when 3.were
asked 4.whose 5.laughter 6.After 7.would
have
dropped 8.have
hurt
9.both 10.encouraging
★七、短文改错
(导学号57140025)
Hello,everybody,
My
name
is
Li
Hua.I
am
from
Xianyang.There
is
three
people
in
my
family.My
father
worked
in
a
computer
company
now.And
my
mother
is
teacher.In
my
spare
time,I
like
reading
novels
and
play
computer
games.Of
all
the
subject,I
like
English
best.I
think
that
important
to
learn
English.I
hope
that
I
can
make
great
progress
in
my
English
and
speak
fluently
English
in
the
future.Our
class
is
really
like
a
big
family,but
I
hope
that
we
can
get
along
well
after
each
other.I
am
sure
all
our
dreams
will
be
come
true
if
we
study
hard!
答案第三句:is→are
第四句:worked→works
第五句:is后加a
第六句:play→playing
第七句:subject→subjects
第八句:that→it
第九句:fluently→fluent
第十句:but→so/and;after→with
第十一句:去掉beSection
Ⅲ
—
Using
Language,Summing
Up
&
Learning
Tip
一、选词填空
for
sure so
that according
to come
across inspect
1The
teacher
spoke
very
slowly
the
students
could
understand
everything
he
was
saying.
答案so
that
2A
few
days
ago,I
an
old
friend.
答案came
across
3I
hear
that
the
army
by
a
general
now.
答案is
being
inspected
4—Is
it
certain
that
the
city
will
host
the
next
Olympic
Games
—Yes,that’s
.
答案for
sure
5Please
take
the
medicine
the
instructions.
答案according
to
二、单句改错
1They
lived
on
the
earth
tens
of
millions
of
years
before.
答案before→ago
2The
bones
are
carefully
inspecting
by
the
scientists.
答案inspecting→inspected
3According
with
a
UN
report,many
animals
are
dying
out
each
year.
答案with→to
4He
got
up
early
such
that
he
could
catch
the
first
bus.
答案such→so
5This
story
is
about
what
foolish
the
dodo
is.
答案what→how
三、完成句子
1那种想法是怎样产生的
How
did
that
idea
答案come
into
being
2那个小男孩省下每一枚硬币,为的是在母亲节那天为妈妈买件礼物。
The
little
boy
saved
every
coin
his
mother
a
present
on
Mother’s
Day.
答案so
that
he
could
buy
3据那位老师所说,李明是一个喜欢动物的学生。
,Li
Ming
is
a
student
who
loves
animals.
答案According
to
the
teacher
4据说他要来视察军队。
It’s
said
that
he
is
coming
to
.
答案inspect
the
army
5他将不久于人世,那是错不了的。
He
won’t
live
long,which
is
.
答案for
sure
★四、阅读理解
A
(2017·全国Ⅲ高考)
After
years
of
heated
debate,gray
wolves
were
reintroduced
to
Yellowstone
National
Park.Fourteen
wolves
were
caught
in
Canada
and
transported
to
the
park.By
last
year,the
Yellowstone
wolf
population
had
grown
to
more
than
170
wolves.
Gray
wolves
once
were
seen
here
and
there
in
the
Yellowstone
area
and
much
of
the
continental
United
States,but
they
were
gradually
displaced
by
human
development.By
the
1920s,wolves
had
practically
disappeared
from
the
Yellowstone
area.They
went
farther
north
into
the
deep
forests
of
Canada,where
there
were
fewer
humans
around.
The
disappearance
of
the
wolves
had
many
unexpected
results.Deer
and
elk
populations-major
food
sources(来源)
for
the
wolf-grew
rapidly.These
animals
consumed
large
amounts
of
vegetation(植被),which
reduced
plant
diversity
in
the
park.In
the
absence
of
wolves,coyote
populations
also
grew
quickly.The
coyotes
killed
a
large
percentage
of
the
park’s
red
foxes,and
completely
drove
away
the
park’s
beavers.
As
early
as
1966,biologists
asked
the
government
to
consider
reintroducing
wolves
to
Yellowstone
Park.They
hoped
that
wolves
would
be
able
to
control
the
elk
and
coyote
problems.Many
farmers
opposed
the
plan
because
they
feared
that
wolves
would
kill
their
farm
animals
or
pets.
The
government
spent
nearly
30
years
coming
up
with
a
plan
to
reintroduce
the
wolves.The
U.S.Fish
and
Wildlife
Service
carefully
monitors
and
manages
the
wolf
packs
in
Yellowstone.Today,the
debate
continues
over
how
well
the
gray
wolf
is
fitting
in
at
Yellowstone.Elk,deer,and
coyote
populations
are
down,while
beavers
and
red
foxes
have
made
a
comeback.The
Yellowstone
wolf
project
has
been
a
valuable
experiment
to
help
biologists
decide
whether
to
reintroduce
wolves
to
other
parts
of
the
country
as
well.
1What
is
the
text
mainly
about
A.Wildlife
research
in
the
United
States.
B.Plant
diversity
in
the
Yellowstone
area.
C.The
conflict
between
farmers
and
gray
wolves.
D.The
reintroduction
of
wolves
to
Yellowstone
Park.
答案D
解析主旨大意题。通读全文,尤其是首尾两段可知,文章主要介绍黄石公园重新引进灰狼的事情。
2What
does
the
underlined
word
“displaced”
in
paragraph
2
mean
A.Tested.
B.Separated.
C.Forced
out.
D.Tracked
down.
答案C
解析词义猜测题。从第二段第一句“Gray
wolves
once
were
seen
here
and
there
in
the
Yellowstone
area
and
much
of
the
continental
United
States,but
they
were
gradually
displaced
by
human
development.”可知,过去灰狼在黄石公园随处可见,但由于人类的发展,灰狼就逐渐被迫撤出了这个地方。可推测displace意为“被迫离开”。
3What
did
the
disappearance
of
gray
wolves
bring
about
A.Damage
to
local
ecology.
B.A
decline
in
the
park’s
income.
C.Preservation
of
vegetation.
D.An
increase
in
the
variety
of
animals.
答案A
解析细节理解题。从第三段可知,灰狼的消失带来了许多意想不到的结果:鹿群数量迅速增多,消耗大量植被;草原狼增多,吃掉了公园里占很大比例的红狐狸;完全赶走了公园里的河狸。也就是说灰狼的消失破坏了当地的生态平衡。
4What
is
the
author’s
attitude
towards
the
Yellowstone
wolf
project
A.Doubtful.
B.Positive.
C.Disapproving.
D.Uncaring.
答案B
解析推理判断题。从文章最后一句“The
Yellowstone
wolf
project
has
been
a
valuable
experiment
to
help
biologists
decide
whether
to
reintroduce
wolves
to
other
parts
of
the
country
as
well.”可推知,作者对于黄石公园引进灰狼群持肯定态度。
B
(导学号57140029)
“Millions
of
animals
die
each
year
on
the
US
roads,”
the
Federal
Highway
Administration
reports.In
fact,only
about
80
ocelots,an
endangered
wild
cat,exist
in
the
US
today.The
main
reason Roadkill.
“Eco-passages”
may
help
animals
cross
the
road
without
being
hit
by
cars.They
are
paths
both
over
and
under
roads.“These
eco-passages
can
be
extremely
useful,so
that
wildlife
can
avoid
road
accidents,”
said
Jodi
Hilty
of
the
Wildlife
Protection
Society.
But
do
animals
actually
use
the
eco-passages The
answer
is
yes.Paul
Beier
of
Northern
Arizona
University
found
foot
marks
left
by
mountain
lions
on
an
eco-passage
that
went
under
a
highway.This
showed
that
the
lions
used
the
passage.
Builders
of
eco-passages
try
to
make
them
look
like
a
natural
part
of
an
area
by
planting
trees
on
and
around
them.Animals
seem
to
be
catching
on.Animals
as
different
as
salamanders(火蜥蜴)
and
grizzly
bears
are
using
the
bridges
and
underpasses.
Next
time
you
visit
a
park
or
drive
through
an
area
with
a
lot
of
wildlife,look
around.You
might
see
an
animal
overpass!
5The
author
uses
the
example
of
“ocelots”
to
show
that
.
A.an
increasing
number
of
animals
are
killed
in
road
accidents
B.the
driving
conditions
have
improved
greatly
C.the
measure
for
protecting
wildlife
fails
to
work
D.wild
animals
have
become
more
dangerous
答案A
解析作者举豹猫的例子是为了说明每年数百万的动物死在路上,故A项正确。
6From
the
passage,we
know
an
eco-passage
is
.
A.an
underground
path
for
cars
B.a
fence
built
for
the
safety
of
the
area
C.a
path
for
animals
to
cross
the
road
D.a
bridge
for
animals
to
get
over
a
river
答案C
解析eco-passage指的是专门为动物通过马路而设立的通道,故选C项。
7The
author
asks
visitors
and
drivers
to
look
around
when
traveling
because
.
A.wild
animals
may
cause
danger
B.wild
animals
may
jam
the
road
C.they
may
kill
wild
animals
D.they
may
see
wild
animals
on
eco-passages
答案D
解析根据最后一段可知,游客或司机在经过有野生动物通道的时候,环顾四周可能会发现有野生动物通道,故答案选D项。
★五、七选五阅读理解
(导学号57140030)
Money
Matters
Parents
should
help
their
children
understand
money.1.
So
you
may
start
talking
about
money
when
your
child
shows
an
interest
in
buying
things,candy
or
toys,for
example.
The
basic
function
of
money
Begin
explaining
the
basic
function
of
money
by
showing
how
people
trade
money
for
goods
or
services.It
is
important
to
show
your
child
how
money
is
traded
for
the
things
he
wants
to
have.If
he
wants
to
have
a
toy,give
him
the
money
and
let
him
hand
the
money
to
the
cashier(收银员).2.
When
your
child
grows
a
bit
older
and
understands
the
basic
function
of
money,you
can
start
explaining
more
complex
ways
of
using
money.
Money
lessons
Approach
money
lessons
with
openness
and
honesty.3.
If
you
must
say
no
to
your
child’s
request
to
spend
money,explain,“
You
have
enough
toy
trucks
for
now.”
Or,if
the
request
is
for
many
different
things,say,“You
have
to
make
a
choice
between
this
toy
and
that
toy.”
4.
Begin
at
the
grocery
store.Pick
out
similar
brands
of
a
product—a
name
brand
butter
and
a
generic(无商标的)
one,for
example.You
can
show
your
child
how
to
make
choices
between
different
brands
of
a
product
so
that
you
can
save
money.5.
If
he
chooses
the
cheaper
brand,allow
him
to
make
another
purchase
with
the
money
saved.Later,you
may
explain
how
the
more
expensive
choice
leaves
less
money
for
other
purchases.
A.Wise
decision
B.The
value
of
money
C.Permit
the
child
to
choose
between
them.
D.Tell
your
child
why
he
can—or
cannot—have
certain
things.
E.Ask
yourself
what
things
that
cost
money
are
most
important
to
you.
F.Talk
about
how
the
money
bought
the
thing
after
you
leave
the
toy
store.
G.The
best
time
to
teach
a
child
anything
about
money
is
when
he
shows
an
interest.
答案1~5
GFDAC
★六、语篇填空
(导学号57140031)
Someone
says,“Time
is
money.”
But
I
think
time
is
even
1 (important)than
money.Why Because
when
money
2 (spend),we
can
get
it
back.However,when
time
is
3 (go)
it’ll
never
return.That’s
4
we
mustn’t
waste
time.
It
goes
without
saying
that
the
time
is
usually
5 (limit).Even
a
second
is
very
important.We
should
make
full
use
of
our
time
6 (do)
something
useful.
But
it
is
7
pity
that
there
are
a
lot
of
people
8
do
not
know
the
importance
of
time.They
spent
their
limited
time
smoking,drinking
and
playing.They
do
not
know
that
9 (waste)
time
means
wasting
part
of
their
own
life.
In
a
word,we
should
save
time.We
shouldn’t
leave
today’s
work
for
tomorrow.Remember
we
have
no
time
10 (lose).
1 2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
答案1.more
important 2.is
spent 3.gone 4.why 5.limited 6.to
do 7.a 8.who 9.wasting 10.to
lose
